integral personal computer service manual - bitsavers

204
Integral Personal Computer Service Manual

Upload: others

Post on 11-Sep-2021

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integral Personal Computer Service Manual

Page 2: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

r~3 HEWLETT .:!. PACKARD

Integral Personal COftlputer . Service Manual

OHewlett-Packard Company 1885

Printed In U ••• A. _dillon a 1/ ••

Page 3: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Printing History

Edition 1 .................... December 1984 .................... Mfg. No. 00095-90086 Edition 2 ..................... January 1986 ..................... Mfg. No. 00095-90127

Page 4: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

CUpt.r

1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

2

3 3.1 3.2

4

S 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.5.1 5.5.2 5.6 5.6.1 5.6.2 5.7 5.7.1 5.7.2 5.8 5.8.1 5.8.2 5.8.3 5.9 5.9.1 5.9.2 S.10 5.11 S.12 S.13 5.14 5.15 5.16

Contents

p ...

Product Information Introduction ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-3 Serial Number Information ........................................ 1-6

Sit. Preparation and ...... ir .........

Install.tion .net Conlgumion Introduction ..................................................... 3-1 Preparation ..................................................... 3-1

Preventiv .... Int ...... c.

Function •• Description Introduction ....................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-1 CPU ........................................................... 5-3 Interrupts ....................................................... 5-4 RAM ........................................................... 5-4 ROM ........................................................... 5-4

The Plug-In ROM Assembly ..................................... 5-4 The ROM Bus ................................................. 5-5

MMU .......................................................... 5-5 Address Mapping .............................................. 5-5 Physical Address Bit 23 ......................................... 5-6

Internal I/O .................................................... 5-6 Internal I/O Addressing ......................................... 5-6 The Lo~c A to Lo~c B Bus ..................................... 5-7

External 1/0 ..................................................... 5-8 External I/O Addressing ........................................ 5-8 The External I/O Bus ........................................... 5-9 The 1/0 Backplane ............................................ 5-10

Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-11 The Display Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-11 The Display Assembly ......................................... 5-12

Keyboard ...................................................... 5-12 Disc Drive and Controller ........................................ 5-13 Printer ........................................................ 5-14 Real-Time Clock ................................................ 5-14 Speaker ....................................................... 5-15 Hp.:.IB Interface ................................................. 5-15 Power Supp~y ................................... : .............. 5-16

Page 5: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Iv Contenta

• 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.1 6.8 6.9 6.9.1 6.9.2 6.10 6.11 6.12 6.12.1 6.12.2 6.12.3 6.12.4 6.13 6.14 6.15 6.15.1 6.15.2 6.16 6.16.1 6.16.2 6.16.3

7

• 8.1 8.2 8.2.1 8.2.2 8.2.3 8.2.4 8.3 8.4 8.S 8.5.1 8.5.2 8.5.3 8.5.4 8.5.5 8.6

Int ..... P ......... Computer

Removal .ncI Repla.lDent Introcluction ..................................................... 6-1 Safety Considerations .................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-1 ESD Considerations .............................................. 6-1 Req,uired Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-2 Removing the Back Case .......................................... 6-3 Removing the tid ................................................ 6-3 Rer.noving the Logic A P~ ....................................... 6-4 Removing the Logic B PCA ....................................... 6-6 The Printer Asser.nbly ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-9

Rentoving the Printer ........................................... 6-9 Servicing the Printer ........................................... 6-12

Removing the Disc Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-19 Removing the Display Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-21 The Base Asse~bly .............................................. 6-26

Removing the Base Assembly ................................... 6-26 Removing the I/O Backplane PCA ............................... 6-29 Removing the HP-IB Ribbon-Cable Assembly ...................... 6-29 Removing the Power-Supply Assembly ........................... 6-29

Removing the Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-32 Removing the Keyboard Connector Assembly ........................ 6-32 The Keyboard .................................................. 6-32

Removing the Keyboard Assembly ............................... 6-33 Replacing the Keyboard Legs .................................... 6-35

The ROM Assembly ............................................. 6-36 Removing the ROM Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-36 Disassembling the System V ROM Assembly ...................... 6-38 Replacing the ROM Connector Pins .............................. 6-40

Adjustments

Troubl •• hootlng .nd Di_gnostics Introduction ................................................. . . .. 8-1 Description of Diagnostics ......................................... 8-1

Turn-On Self Tests ............................................. 8-2 Service ROM Diagnostic Tests .................................... 8-2 Service Diagnostic Disc Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-4 Error Number Interpretation ..................................... 8-4

Safety Considerations ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-5 RequUed Toom and Equipment" ..................................... 8-5 Main Diagnostic Procedure ........................................ 8-6

Problem Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-8 Thrn-On Self Tests ............................................. 8-8 Service ROM Tests ............................................. 8-9 Service Diagnostic Disc Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-11 Functional Verification ......................................... 8-13

Troubleshooting and Repair .............................. , . . . . . . .. 8-13

Page 6: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Chap ... Pale

• ....,..0 ...... Parts 9.1 Introduction ................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-1 9.2 Ordering Information ............................................. 9-1 9.3 nlustrated Parts Breakouts ......................................... 9-1

10 lIeference 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.4.1 10.4.2 10.4.3 10.5

11 11.1 11.2 11.2.1 11.2.2 11.2.3 11.2.4 11.2.5 11.2.6

Introduction .................................................... 10-1 Additional Technical Information .................................. 10-1 Keyboard Identification .......................................... 10-1 Connector Pin Assignments ....................................... 10-2

The ROM Receptacle .......................................... 10-3 The Logic A to Logic B Bus Connectors .......................... 10-4 The I/O Backplane Connectors .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 10-4

Error Messages ................................................. 10-6

Product History Introduction ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 11-1 DesigIl Changes ................................................ 11-1

Logic PCA Changes ........................................... 11-1 Display Flex Cable Changes .................................... 11-1 Shadow PCA Elimination ...................................... 11-2 Power Supply Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 11-2 Disc Drive Assembly Changes ................................... 11-2 New Plug-In ROM Assembly ................................... 11-2

12 ........

Illustrations FI,.. Title

1-1 Integral Personal Computer-Front View .............................. 1-2 1-2 Integral Personal Computer-Rear View ............................... 1-2 1-3 Integral Personal Computer-Internal View ............................ 1-3 5-1 Integral PC Block Diagram .......................................... 5-1 5 .. 2 I/O Port Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-9 5-3 Display Block Diagram ....... '. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-11 5-4 Disc Drive Block Diagram .......................................... 5-13 5-5 Printer Block Diagram ............................................. 5-14 5-6 Power Supply Block Diagram ....................................... 5-16 6-1 Back Case Screws ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-3 6-2 Computer-Ud Rocker ............................................... 6-4 6-3 Logic A Shield Screws ................................. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-4 6-4 Logic A PCA Mounting Screws and Feed-Through Connector ............ 6-5 6-5 PCA Mounting-Panel S~ws ........................................ 6-6 6-6 Grommeted Hole in Logic B Shield ................................... 6-7 6-7 Logic B PC~ Screws and Feed-Through Connectors ................... " 6-7 6-8 Display Cable Orientation ........................................... 6-8 6-9 RemOving the Printer Cover ......................................... 6-9 6-10 ESD Shield ...................................................... 6-10

Page 7: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

vi Content. • ........ ,. ...... IC ......... '

FIgure Title ,-' 6-11 6-11

6-12 6-13 6-14 6-15 6-16a 6-16b 6-17 6-18 6-19 6-20 6-21

. 6-22 6-23a 6-23b 6-23c 6-24 6-25 6-26 6-27 6-28a 6-28b 6-29a 6-29b 6-30a 6-30b 6-30c 6-31a 6-31b 6-32 6-33 6-34 6-35 6-36 6-37 6-38a 6-38b 6-39 6-40a 6-40b 6-41 6-42 6-43 6-44 6-45 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6

Printer Switch Panel Printer Mounting Screws ........................................... 6-11 Bail-Arm Adjustment-Right Side ................................... 6-12 Bail-Arm Adjustment-Left Side .................................... 6-13 Grit-Wheel Installation ............................................. 6-13 Pin-Wheel Replacement-Correct Alignment .......................... 6-14 Pin-Wheel Replacement-Incorrect Alignment .... '..................... 6-14 Pin Wheel Guide Replacement ...................................... 6-15 Carriage-Screw Removal ........................................... 6-16 Bail-Arm Removal-Spring in Outward Position ....................... 6-17 Bail-Arm and Spring Identification .................................. 6-17 Right Bail-Arm and Spring ......................................... 6-18 Home Switch and Out-Of-Paper Switch Locations ..................... 6-19 Disc-Drive Mounting Screws-Top ................................... 6-20 Disc-Drive Mounting Screw-Bottom ................................ 6-20 Bezel Mounting Screws' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-21 Disconnecting the Disc-Drive Bezel .................................. 6-22 The Pivot Clamp and Dashpot Bracket ............................... 6-22 Display-Bezel Tabs and Panel Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-23 Disengaging the Display-Bezel Tabs .................................. 6-23 Display-Assembly Details-Front .................................... 6-24 Display-Assembly Details-Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-25 Grounding Nut ................................................... 6-26 Base Assembly Mounting Screws .................................... 6-27 Base Assembly Cover Screws and Nuts .............................. 6-27 Base Assembly With Cover Removed ................................ 6-28 Reinstalling the Base Assembly Cover ................................ 6-28 Power-Supply Assembly Showing AC Line Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-30 Power-Supply Assembly Showing Mounting Screws .................... 6-30 Power-Cable Harness .............................................. 6-31 Keyboard Connector Assembly ...................................... 6-32 Keyboard Bottom Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-33 Keyboard Top Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-33 Keyboard Assembly-Mounting Screws ............................... 6-34 Keyboard Assembly-Cable Connector and Ground Lug ................ 6-34 Installing a Keyboard Leg .......................................... 6-35 Keyboard Leg in Cosed Position .................................... 6-35 Unlocking the ROM Door .......................................... 6-36 Unlocking System III ROM Assembly ................................ 6-37 Removing System III ROM Assembly ................................ 6-37 Removing the System V ROM Assembly ............................. 6-38 Removing the ROM Assembly Cover ................................ 6-39 Separating the ROM PCAs ......................................... 6-39 Reinstalled peAs ................................................. 6-40 Aligrting the Pins ................................................. 6-41 Troubleshooting Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... 8-7 Function Key Menu ............................................... 8-10 Second Function Key Menu ........................................ 8-10 Turn-On Analysis Flow Chart ....................................... 8-14 Power Supply Test Setup .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-17 Power Supply Repair Simplified Flow Chart .......................... 8-21

Page 8: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Int .. , ......... n •• eomput., Cont ..... ,,11

.... ,. Tla.

8-7 Power Supply Repair Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-23 8-8 Connector Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-42 8-9 Printer Test Pattern ............................................... 8-49 8-10 Troubleshooting Setup ............................................. 8-63 9-1 Front Case Assembly Exploded View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-2 9-2 Front Disc Assembly Exploded View .................................. 9-4 9-3 Logic Shield Assembly Exploded View ................................ 9-6 9-4 Base Assembly Exploded View ....................................... 9-8 9-5 Front Printer Exploded View ......... '. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-10 9-6 Front Assemblies Exploded View .................................... 9-12 9-7 Keyboard Exploded View ........................................... 9-14 9-8 Printer Exploded View ............................................. 9-16 9-9 Rear Assemblies Exploded View ..................................... 9-20 9-10 System V ROM Assembly Exploded View ............................ 9-22 9-11 Logic A PCA Component-Location Diagram .......................... 9-24 9-12 Logic B PCA Component-Location Diagram ........................... 9-26 9-13 Power Supply PCA Component-Location Diagram ..................... 9-28 9-14 Operating System ROM PCA Component-Location Diagram ............. 9-31 9-15 Option ROM PCA Compnent-Location Diagram ....................... 9-32 12-1 Logic A PCA-CPU, MMU, External I/O Schematic Diagram ........... 12-3 12-2 Logic A PCA-RAM, ROM Schematic Diagram ....................... 12-5 12-3 Logic A PCA-IDTACK, I/O, Logic B Interface Schematic Diagram ...... 12-7 12-4 Logic A PCA-Keyboard Interface Schematic Diagram ......... ',' . . . . . .. 12-9 12-5 Logic B PCA-Display Control Schematic Diagram .................... 12-11 12-6 Logic B PCA-Disc Controller Schematic Diagram. .................... 12-13 12-7 Logic B PCA-Printer Controller Schematic Diagram .................. 12-15 12-8 Logic B PCA-Printhead Supply and Drive, and Speaker Controller ..... 12-17

Schematic Diagram 12-9 Logi~ B PCA-HP-IB Interface Schematic Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12-19 12-10 Logic B PCA-RTC, System, and Power Connect Schematic Diagram .... 12-21 12-11 Power Supply Schematic Diagram .................................. 12-23

Tables Ta.... TItle

1-1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-3 5-1 Voltage Requirements ................................................ 5-2 5-2 Physical Address Map ................................ ,............. 5-3 5-3 Interrupt Allocations ............................................... 5-4 5-4 ROM Select Address Ranges .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-5 5-5 Internal I/O Physical Address Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-6 5-6 Internal I/O Device-Select Signals .................................... 5-7 5-7 Extem~l I/O Physical Address Map .................................. 5-8 6-1 Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-2 8-1 Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-5 8-2 Turn-On Problems ................................................ 8-14 8-3 Power-Supply Verification .......................................... 8-16

Page 9: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

viii COnt ..... Integr •• 11.-.1 Computer

... b •• Title P ...

8-4 Power-Supply Repair .............................................. 8-21 8-5 RAM Troubleshooting and Repair ................................... 8-29 8-6 MMU Troubleshooting and Repair ................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-30 8-7 Keyboard Troubleshooting and Repair ................................ 8-31 8-8 Display /GPU Troubleshooting and Repair ............................ 8-33 8-9 Disc Drive Troubleshooting and Repair ............................... 8-37 8-10 Real Time Oock Troubleshooting and Repair ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-40 8-11 Speaker Troubleshooting and Repair ................................. 8-41 8-12 HP-IB Troubleshooting and Repair ................................... 8-42 8-13 Printer Error Messages .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-44 8-14 Printer Power-On Diagnostics ....................................... 8-46 8-15 Printer Self-Test Results ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-50 8-16 Troubleshooting the Printer Control Circuitry .......................... 8-52 8-17 Troubleshooting the Printer ROM, RAM, and CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-53 8-18 Troubleshooting the Carriage-Motor Circuitry .......................... 8-54 8-19 Troubleshooting the Home-Switch Circuitry ........................... 8-55 8-20 Troubleshooting the Paper-Advance Circuitry ...................... . . .. 8-56 8-21 Troubleshooting the Printhead Circuitry .............................. 8-56 8-22 Activating the Print head ........................................... 8-57 8-23 Troubleshooting the System Clocks ........ ' .......................... 8-58 8-24 Troubleshooting DTACK and Interrupt Problems ....................... 8-59 8-25 Troubleshooting External I/O Problems .............................. 8-61 8-26 Troubleshooting the Plug-In ROM Assembly .......................... 8-62 8-27 Troubleshooting Setup ............................................. 8-63 9-1 Front Case Assembly Replaceable Parts ............................... 9-3 9-2 Front Disc Assembly Replaceable Parts ................................ 9-5 9-3 Logic Shield Assembly Replaceable Parts .............................. 9-7 9-4 . Base Assembly Replaceable Parts ............................ :........ 9-9 9-5 Front Printer Replaceable Parts ..................................... 9-11 9-6 Front Assemblies Replaceable Parts .................................... 9-13 9-7 Keyboard Replaceable Parts ........................................ 9-15 9-8 Printer Replaceable Parts .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-17 9-9 Rear Assemblies Replaceable Parts ................................... 9-21 9-10 System V ROM Assembly Replaceable Parts .......................... 9-23 9-11 Logic A PCA Replaceable Electronic Parts ............................ 9-25 9-12 Logic B PCA Replaceable Electronic Parts ............................ 9-27 9-13 Power Supply PCA Replaceable Electronic Parts ....................... 9-29 9-14 Operating System ROM PCA Replaceable Electronic Parts .............. 9-31 10-1 Keyboard Identification Codes ...................................... 10-2 10-2 ROM Receptacle Pin Assignments ................................... 10-3 10-3 Logic A to Logic B Bus Pin Connections ............................. 10-4 10-4 I/O Backplane Connector Pin Assignments ........................... 10-5 10-5 Self-Test Error Messages ........................................... 10-6 10-6 Service ROM Error Messages ....................................... 10-6 10-7 Service Diagnostic Disc Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 10-9

Page 10: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Chapter 1 Product Information

1.1 Introduction This chapter provides an overview of the Integral Personal Computer.

The Integral PC is a fully integrated system that contains a built-in disc drive and printer. It is de­signed for ease of operation and flexibility. The computer is capable of multi-tasking. It provides extensive I/O (input/output) and interfacing capabilities.

1.2, Description The computer is based upon a 16-bit CPU (central processing unit) and contains Sl2K-bytes of inter­nal RAM (random-access memory). The computer reserves address space for up to 1M-byte of internal ROM (read-only memory), all contained in a plug-in ROM assembly.

Notel Current production units are equipped with a plug-in ROM assembly that has room for two ROM PCAs. The operating system ROM PCA is standard. It contains the HP-UX System V operating system (address space is reserved for up to SI2K-bytes of operating system ROM). An option ROM peA, containing up to SI2K-bytes of optional ROM (for languages and appli­cation programs), may be added to the plug-in ROM assembly.

Early production units are equipped with a plug-in ROM assembly containing the HP-UX System III operating system on two ROM peAs. This assembly cannot be expanded. It cannot be serviced to the component level.

The follOwing devices are integral parts of the computer:

• A 31/z-inch micro-floppy disc drive. _

• A 255 by 512 pixel electroluminescent display. (The display can be configured for up to 31 lines with up to 85 characters per line.)

• A 90-key detachable keyboard.

• An HP-IB (IEEE-4BB) interface.

• A thermal inkjet printer.

• A real-time dock.

• A speaker.

• An external I/O bus with two I/O ports for interfaces and memory modules.

Page 11: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

1·2 Product Info,matlon Integ,,, Personal Compute,

The I/O capabilities of the computer can be expanded by adding up to two HP 82904A Bus Expanders to the system. Each bus expander provides five ports, but requires one of the computer I/O ports, giving a maximum of 10 I/O ports.

The computer has three major printed-circuit assemblies (PCAs): the logic A PCA, the logic B PCA, and the power supply PCA.

The logic A PCA contains the CPU, RAM, MMU (memory-management unit), and keyboard control­ler. The plug-in ROM assembly plugs into the ROM receptacle on the logic A PCA.

The logic B PCA contains the clock, the speaker. the HP-IB interface, the power supply for the print head, and the control circuitry for the disc drive, display, and printer.

The power supply provides +5V, + 12V, -12V, +15V, and + 18V outputs.

The major system assemblies and I/O devices are identified in figures 1-1, 1-2, and 1-3.

Prlnt.r _______ ~

DI ..... V

ROIl Door

------- ~

Disc .....L __ --..... ------ Driv.

Figur. 1·1. Integral Personal Computer-Front View

#; ....... .

~---------~-------~.-~-.. --'-~--. ~:.-.-----------,-

• ,----.- ·-------(·.1

I .. ___ . ______ . ___ J

"P.,.-----·o-.---~------.... T I:. ____________ :..!..J. .... ----:!!t.

Figur. 1·2. Integra. Persona. Computer-Rear View

Page 12: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Int.., •• Peno ... 1 eo ..... uter

DIM Drtwa

·111·

L " • •

Product Inform .. 101I 1·3

...... APCA ........

ROM R ... ptecle

-1/0 Porta

Figure 1·3. Inte.raa Personal C~mputer-Int.,nal View

1 .3 Specifications Detailed equipment specifications are shown in table 1-1.

TIda •• 1-1. Specification a

Physical Propertl ..

• Width: 425 mm (16.7 inches).

• Height: 331 mm (13.0 inches).

• Depth: 215 mm (8.5 inches),

• Weight: 11.5 kg (25.3 pounds).

CPU

• 68000 microprocessor (16 bit, 8 MHz).

RAM

• Memory mapped; four segments.

• S12K-bytes internal RAM.

• Up to 1M-bytes external RAM.

110M

• All internal ROM is contained in the plug-in ROM assembly (up to 1M-byte), This assembly has room for two ROM peAs, each with room for up to 5I2K-bytes of ROM: 1) the operating system ROM peA (which is standard), and 2) an option ROM peA.

Page 13: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Table 1·2. HP Portabl. Plus Computer Specifications (Continued)

Ixtern •• 1/0 aus

• Two I/O ports are provided (port A and port B).

• Maximum total power to both I/O ports: 9 watts.

• lWo interfaces or memory modules may be plugged into I/O ports A and B. One can draw up to 6 watts (either port); the other, 3 watts.

• I/O capability is expandable to 10 I/O ports using two bus expanders (each has its own power supply).

Di.pt.,

• 255 by 512 pixel electroluminescent display.

• Up to 85 characters by 31 lines. (Default of 80 characters by 24 lines.)

• Viewing angle: greater than 120 degrees in a horizontal plane.

• Display tilt: adjustable in 2-degree steps from 5 to 17 degrees.

• 32K-byte dedicated bit-mapped display memory.

Prlnt.r

• Thermal ink jet printer.

• 80 characters per line at 12 characters per inch (normal mode).

• Peak printing speed: 150 characters per second.

• Screen copy in 26 seconds.

• Roman8 character set.

• Four character sizes.

• Normal and bold character modes.

• Recommended paper: HP 92261M (500 single 81f2-by-l1-inch sheets) or HP 92261N (2500 fan-fold sheets).

• Plain paper is usable with lower print quality.

Print H •• d

• Life: 820,000 characters (apprOXimately 500 pages).

• Shelf life (in shipping container): 18 months at 25°C.

• Shelf life (outside shipping container): 6 months at 25°C.

Page 14: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

DISC DrIve

• 31!2-inch micro-floppy disc drive.

• Burst transfer rate: 62.SK-bytes per second.

• Encoding: Modified Frequency Modulation.

• Rotational speed: 600 revolutions per minute.

• Capacity: 709K-byt~.

• Bytes per sector: 512.

• Sectors per track: 9.

• Total tracks per surface: 80.

• Available tracks per surface: 77.

• Spare tracks per surface: 2.

• Wear track per surface: 1.

• Surfaces per disc: 2.

• Interleave factor: 1.

Disc .....

• Life: 3 x 106 passes per track.

• Read errors: 1 per 109 bits read.

K.poa,..

• 90-key condensed ITF (Integrated Terminal Family) keyboard.

• Detachable, low profile (30 mm high).

• Adjustable tilt, 0 or 8 degrees.

• Modified HP-HIL (Hewlett-Packard Human Interface Unk) keyboard interface with two HP-HIL connectors . ......

• Frequency range: 100 to 5000 Hz.

1IHI-1'IIII. Clock

• Accuracy: maximum error, 120 seconds per month; typical, 30 seconds per month.

• Battery life: minimum expected, 6 years; typical, 12 years.

HP·18 Int."'. • Maximum transfer rate: 13SK-bytes per second (software limitations may reduce the rate).

• Conforms to IEEE-488 interface standard.

Page 15: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

1·8 Product InfOl'lll8tlon

,.. .... 1·2. HP PorbIIale Plus Computer SpeellClltlon (Continued.

Invlronmental U ... a

• Computer: Operating temperature: 0° to 40°C (32° to 104°F). Storage temperature: -40° to 75°C (-400 to 167°F). Operating humidity: 5% to 95% RH at 40°C (104°F). Non ... operating humidity: 90% RH at 65°C (149°F). Operating altitude: 0 to 4600 m (0 to 15,000 feet). Non-operating altitude: 0 to 15,300 m (0 to 50,000 feet).

• Disc media: Operating temperature: 10° to 40°C (50° to 104°F). Long-term storage temperature: 10° to 60°C (50° to 140°F). Transporting temperature: - 40° to 60°C (-40° to 140°F). Humidity: Sera to SO% RH at 40°C (104°F).

• Print Head: Operating temperature: 10° to 40°C (500 to 104°F). Storage temperature: -200 to 60°C (-4° to 140°F). Humidity: 5% to SO"o RH at 40°C (104 oF).

Power Requirements

• Volta.e, 87 to 127 Vac (115 Vac line). 195 to 264 Vac (230 Vac line).

• Frequency: 47.5 to 66 Hz.

• Power: 88W.

1.4 Serial Number Information The serial number of the computer is used for identification and the determination of warranty status. It is located on the safety label near the power cord receptacle. Its format is described below.

A YYWWBXXXXX

--~ f + .... ----- Sequence number.

10. ________ Location manufactured:

A: USA B: Brazil Q: United Kingdom S: Singapore

'---------- Week manufactured. '------------ Year manufactured (years since 1960).

Page 16: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Chapter 2 Site Preparation and Requirements

There are no special site preparation requirements for the Integral PC.

Page 17: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers
Page 18: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Chapter 3 Installation and Configuration

3.1 Introduction The Integral Personal Computer is a self-contained computer system, complete with printer and dis­play. Therefore, setting up the unit requires little time and is very simple. This chapter tells you how to set up the computer for use or in preparation for troubleshooting.

3.2 Preparation

CAUTION

Be sure the computer is set for the line voltage that you are using. Check the selector switch on the back panel near the power cable. Failure to do this can result in improper operation and/or possible damage to the computer.

1. Place the computer on a table with the back panel facing toward you.

2. Make sure that the line voltage switch on the back of the computer is set to the correct voltage (115 or 230 Vac).

3. Make sure that a good fuse of the proper rating is installed in the fuse receptacle on the back panel. A computer operating on 115 Vac requires a 1.SA fuse. A computer operating on 230 Vac requires an 800-mA fuse.

4. Tum the computer around, so that the front now faces you.

L Press the buttons on the two latches on the top cover and slide them toward the carrying handle.

.. Lift up on the cover. It will swing up on its hinges.

7. Push the cover away from you. It will swing down along the back of the case. Make sure the keyboard doesn't fallout (don't open the printer lid until you remove the keyboard).

L lift the keyboard up and out of the front of the case, and place it on the table in front of the computer.

I. Plug the keyboard cable into either of the two HP-HIL jacks.

10. Plug an ac power ,cable into the receptacle on the back of the computer and into an ac outlet.

11. Install paper in the printer as follows: Open the printer lid. Pull the paper bail forward. Push the paper down into the slot between the printer mechanism and the case. Continue pushing the paper until it comes out in the front of the printer mechanism. Adjust the top of the first page to a position just above the bail arm, engage the sprocket pins in the paper holes, then lower the bail arm.

For best results, use the recommended ThinkJet paper (refer to table 1-1).

Page 19: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

3·2 In ................ ContI .........

12. Install the printhead in the printer carriage as follows: Press down on the latch lever to open the printhead carrier. Position the printbead in the carrier, then raise the latch lever to lock it in position.

CAunOM

Be sure to remove the printbead cartridge before shipping the unit. It is possible for the ink to leak out of the cartridge while in transit, especially in an unpressurized airaaft cargo compart­ment. A leak may result in damage to the computer.

Page 20: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Chapter 4 Preventive Maintenance

The Integral PC does not require any preventive maintenance. However, the following practices should be observed to avoid damage to the unit and to obtain best results:

• Remove the printhead (ink cartridge) whenever shipping or storing the unit. This prevents possible damage caused by ink leaking out of the cartridge. This is particularly important when the unit is to be shipped in an unpressurized aircraft cargo compartment.

• Always insert the shipping disc (HP part number 1535-4881) in the disc drive before shipping the computer. This prevents possible damage to the disc drive.

• Avoid leaving the unit on continuously for an extended period while not in use. This prevents unnecessary wear on the electroluminescent display.

• Use care when deaning the exterior of the unit, especially the display screen, to prevent scratching. The display saeen is made of clear plastic, and it is easily scratched or damaged. Use a clean, damp, soft cloth to dean the display screen and plastic case. You can dampen the cloth with a warm, mild soap solution jf necessary. Do not use petroleum distillates, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, or other strong cleaners.

• If an I/O port is not being used for an extended period, replace the I/O port cover to protect the unit.

Page 21: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers
Page 22: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Chapter 5 Functional Description

5.1 Introduction This chapter describes the major components of the Integral Personal Computer. The block diagram of figure 5 ... 1 shows how the components of the computer are connected together and identifies the major printed circuit assemblies (PCAs).

-----------------------~-----~-

------------, ••• 'lac: .1. 'lac:

·,2 'lac:

-sa 'lac

• , 'lac:

IIQIIIEIli ~y JIC" L_~ ___ ~ __ ~~ ______ ~~

-~--------------~---~-----,

..... -I I I I I I I I ___ I

.. _----_ ... _---, I

I I I I I I I __ J

FI ... ,. I-t. Int.., •• PC Block DI •• r ...

Page 23: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

The logic A PCA contains the computing electronics of the Int~ PC, including the CPU (central processing unit), RAM (random-access memory), and MMU (memory-management unit). The key­board controller and external I/O (input/output) logic circuitry are also located on the logic A PCA. The internal ROM (read-only memory) is contained in the plug-in ROM assembly, which plugs directly into the ROM receptacle on the logic A PCA.

The plug-in ROM assembly has room for two ROM PCAs: The operating system ROM PeA has four ROM Ies containing the HP-UX System V operating system. The option ROM PCA, if present, contains optional ROM-based software.

Note: H the computer is equipped with the earlier System m operating system, the plug-in ROM assembly has two PCAs containing the operating system. No optional ROM can be added to this assembly. The assembly cannot be serviced to the component level. It can only be exchanged.

The logic B PCA contains the control circuitry for the display, printer, disc drive, and speaker. The speaker itseH, the RTC (real-time clock), and the HP-IB (IEEE-488) interface are also located on the logic B PCA.

The I/O backplane PCA provides two I/O connectors (one each for I/O ports A and 8) and contains no logic circuitry. .

The display assembly consists of an electroluminescent display panel, a display PCA, and the necessary mounting hardware. The display assembly is a tuned circuit. It cannot be serviced in the field. If the display assembly is bad, replace it.

The power supply provides voltages to the circuits of the computer as shown in table 5-1.

1"l1li •• 5-1. Volta,. Requlre ... nts

A ...... bly +IV +12V -t2V +1SV +18V

Logic A PCA X X X

Logic B PCA X X

Disc Drive X X

Display X X

Printer Mechanism X

Keyboard X

External I/O Bus X X X

Fan X

The rest of this chapter describes the individual components of the Integral PC.

Page 24: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.................. c ... pu .. , Funo ...... DMcrIption s..a

5.2 CPU The CPu, Ie U7 on the logic A PCA, is a 68000 HMOS (high-density metal-oxide semiconductor) microprocessor. The external clock frequency is 8 MHz.

It performs the following functions:

• Controls circuit operations via the control bus according to programs stored in RAM and ROM.

• Directs the transfer of data on the physical address and data buses.

• Responds to interrupts from both internal and external I/O.

The processor provides a 16M-byte addressing range that is divided among the internal and external ROM, the internal and external RAM, and the internal and external I/O as shown in table S-2.

Note. "Internal' refers to those components that are built into the system, including the ROM assembly that plugs into the logic A PCA. 'External" refers to those components that may be plugged into the external I/O ports.

,.. .... 1-2. Physical Add,... ".p Addre .. Ra .... U .. ............. , 0OOOOO-07FFFF Internal ROM (operating system peA): SI2K-bytes

OSOOOO-OFFFFF Internal ROM (option ROM PCA): Sl2K-bytes

100000-4FFFFF External ROM modules: 4M-bytes

SOOOOO-SFFFFF Reserved: 1M-byte

6OOO00-6FFFFF Internal I/O: 1M-byte

700000-1FFFFF External I/O: 1M-byte

SOOOOO-EFFFFF External RAM modules: 1M-bytes

FOOOOO-F7FFFF Internal RAM: Sl2K-bytes

FSOOOO-FFFFFF Reserved: Sl2K-bytes

Page 25: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.......... ...,....1 Computer

5.3 Interrupts The CPU provides seven priority levels for hardware intenupts. The levels are encoded by U60 on the logic A PCA. The levels have been allocated as shown in table 5-3.

,... W. Interrupt Allocdons

Interrupt Level Interrupt SoUrce

(High priority) 7 Soft reset from keyboard (non-maskable)

6 Real-time clock or NBIR3 (external I/O)

5 Disc Drive or NBIR2 (external I/O)

4 GPU· or NBIRI (external I/O)

3 HP-m, printer, or NBIRO (external I/O)

2 HP-HIL devices (e.g. keyboard, mouse)

(Low priority) 1 Real-time clock

• The graphics processing unit in the disp~ay interface.

The external I/O interrupt lines, NBIRO through NBIR3, can be asserted by an interface plugged into an external I/O port.

5.4 RAM The computer contains 512I<-bytes of internal RAM arranged in a 256K by 16-bit configuration (ICs U20 through U35 on the logic A peA). In addition, a 1M-byte block of RAM address space is avail­able for external RAM modules. The RAM portion of the physical address space is shown in table 5-2.

5.5 ROM The CPU allocates address space for up to 1M-byte of internal ROM (located in the plug-in ROM assembly). In addition, a 4M-byte block of address space is reserved for external ROM modules. (Ex­ternal ROM modules would plug into the external I/O ports. None are currently available.) The ROM portion of the physical address space is shown in table S-2.

5.5.1 The Plug-In ROM A •• embly

All internal ROM is contained in the plug .. in ROM assembly, which plugs into the ROM receptacle on the logic A PCA. The HP-UX System V plug-in ROM assembly has room for two PCAs: the operating system ROM PCA and the option ROM PCA. A SI2K-byte block of ROM address space is reserved for the operating system ROM PCA, and ·a Sl2K-byte .block is reserved for the option ROM PCA. Both PCAs can be serviced.

Nota: The HP-UX System III plug-in ROM assembly has two PCAs containing the operating system. It cannot be serviced to the component level.

Page 26: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

5.5.2 The ROM Bus

The CPU communicates with the internal ROM by means of the ROM bus. The bus is divided into three parts: the physical address bus, the data bus, and the control signals. The ROM bus connects the CPU to the plug-in ROM assembly by means of the ROM receptacle. Refer to table 10-2 for the ROM receptacle pin assignments.

TIt. ROM Ph,.1U1 Add,. ...... (A1 Tltrougla A17J. The 17-bit unidirectional physical address bus is driven by the CPU. The 17 physical address bits correspond directly to logical address bits Al through A17 in the CPU. AO is a bit that distinguishes the upper byte from the lower byte in a 16-bit word. It is internal to the CPU and does not appear on the address bus .

...... ROil DatIIlu. (DO Through D15J. The 16-bit bidirectional three-state data bus provides the gen­eral-purpose data path for the system. It can accept data in either word (16-bit) or byte (8-bit) length. The upper byte of the data bus includes 08 through 015; the lower byte includes DO through 07. The upper and lower bytes of a word are always enabled during an internal ROM access .

...... ROM Control 51_I •• The ROM control signals include four ROM-select signals and RDTACK.

The ROM-select signals are decoded by IC U19 on the logic A peA. Each of these signals (ROMO, ROMI, ROM2, and ROM3) selects a 256K-byte block of ROM address space in the plug-in ROM assembly. Table 5-4 shows the address range enabled by each ROM-select Signal.

Tala •• 5-4. ROII·SeI.ct Addre •• _ ...

RO .. • ..... Slg .... Addr ..........

ROMO 0OOOOO-03FFFF

ROMI 040000-07FFFF

ROM2 080000-0BFFFF

ROM3 OCOOOO-OFFFFF

ROTACK is the ROM data transfer acknowledge signal. This signal (by going low) indicates that the data transfer portion of a bus cycle is completed. When the mainframe recognizes RDTACK during a read cycle, data is latched and the bus cycle is terminated.

5.8 MMU The MMU (Memory-Management Unit) consists of a 4 by 12-bit register file (ICs U55 through US7) and a 12-bit full adder (ICs U47 through U49), all mounted on the logic A PCA. Its function is to perform address mapping.

5.6.1 Address Mapping

Mapping is performed during RAM operations only; that is, when the most significant bit of the phys­ical address (PAl3) is high.

During a RAM access, the contents of one of the registers in the register file is added to logical address bits All through A22 of the CPU, forming the physical address. Since logical address bits Al through AIO are unmapped, the minimum segment size is 2K-bytes (IK-words). The adder is enabled only during a RAM access; therefore, mapping can be performed only within the RAM address space.

Page 27: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

1·8 Functlo_1 Description Int ...... P.,.....I eo ..... ut_

The register used for the mapping function is selected by the FCI and FC2 (function code) bits from the CPU.

The MMU is a write-only device that powers up into an unknown state. It must be initialized before any RAM accesses are attempted.

5.8.2 Physical Addr.s. Bit 23

Physical address bit 23 (PA23) distinguishes mapped RAM accesses from unmapped ROM or I/O accesses. It is high during a RAM access and low during a ROM or I/O access.

PAl3 is derived (by IC U43 on the logic A peA) from the CPU logical address bit A23 and function code bit PC2.

5. 7 Internal 1/0 Internal I/O devices are those devices that are built into the computer system. The keyboard control circuitry and MMU are located on the logic A PCA. The real-time dock, HP-IB interface, and speaker. are located on the logic B peA, along with the control circuitry for the disc drive, display, and printer.

5.7.1 Interne. 1/0 Addressing

The internal I/O physical address map is shown in table 5-5. Each device is allocated a 64K-byte block of address space.

,.. .... 5-1. Int.' .... 110 Ph,.tal Addre .. lI.p

Ad ....... n .. Port Num ... , Uu (H.ndeoi ..... )

600000-60FFFF 0 MMU

610000-61FFFF 1 Disc Drive

620000-62FFFF 2 Display

630000-63FFFF 3 HP-IB

640000-64FFFF 4 Real .. Time Clock

650000-65FFFF 5 Printer

660000-66FFFF 6 Keyboard

670000-67FFFF 7 Speaker

680000-68FFFF 8 Reserved

690000-69FFFF 9 Reserved

6AOOOO-6AFFFF 10 Reserved

6BOOOO-6BFFFF 11 Reserved

6COOOO-6CFFFF 12 Reserved

6DOOOO-6DFFFF 13 Reserved

6EOOOO-6EFFFF 14 Reserved

6FOOOO-6FFFFF 15 Reserved

Page 28: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. unci ..... DeeorIpUon .. 7

5.7.2 The Logic A to Logic a aus The logic A to logic B bus provides the communication path between the two logic boards. The bus can be divided into three parts: the physical address bus, the data bus, and the control signals. Table 10-3 gives the connector pin assignments for the logic A to logic B bus.

The Logic A-8 Ph,s'" Acid,... Ba. C.8A t Through 'BAS). This is a unidirectional five-bit bus driven by IC U6 on the logic A PCA. The five physical address bits correspond directly to the At through A5 logical address bits in the CPU. IBAS is the most significant bit of the address.

The Logic A-B DIIUI Bu. C.8DO Through 'BD7). This is a bidirectional eight-bit bus driven by IC US on the logic A PCA. IB07 is the most significant bit of the bus.

!!!!..-Logic A-!E.!..ntrol ....... These ~als include: RO, WR, SPKWR, HPm, RTC, RESET, PRNT, DISP, DISC, PWRDN, IRl, and IR3 through IR6. All of these signals, except PWRDN, are active low.

The read (RD) and write (WR) signals define the data bus transfer as a read cycle or a write cycle. If RD is low, the transfer is a read cycle. If WR is low, the transfer is a write cycle. Only one of these two,

signals can be low at a time.

The device-select signals (SPKWR, HPIB, RTC, PRNT, DISP, and DISC) correspond to the six internal I/O devices on the logic B PCA. They are generated by les U3, U13, and UI0 on the logic A PCA, and are described in table 5-6 .

............ Description

SPKWR Speaker (qualified by WR)

HPIB HP-IB

RTC Real-time clock

PRNT Printer

DISP Display

DISC Disc Drive

Page 29: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

... .unoll_1 "'ecriptlon I ................ C ........ '

Each device-select signal corresponds to a 64K-byte block of address space as shown in table 5-5.

The RESET signal is driven low for at least 100 ms after the power is turned on. RESET also goes low a minimum of 100 ms starting at least 1 ms before system power is lost. The RESET signal is driven low for 15.5 lIS in response to a RESET instruction.

The PWRDN (power down) signal originates as PWRDN on the power supply PCA (PWRON is buff­ered and inverted). The PWRDN signal holds the RESET output low for at least 100 ms when the power is turned on. The PWRDN signal provides an early warning to the computer of loss of power.

The interrupt request signals (IRI and 1R3 through IR6) are used by the internal I/O devices to request interrupts at five different levels. Refer to section· 5.3 for the interrupt assignments.

5.8 External 1/0 An external I/O device is an interface or memory module plugged into one of the two ports in the I/O backplane of the computer or into a bus expander port. These devices are linked to the CPU by the external I/O bus.

5.8.1 External 1/0 Addressing

The external I/O physical address map is shown in table 5-7. Each device is allocated a 64K-byte block of address space.

,....1.1-7. aXl ..... 110 .... ysicIIl Add,... Map

Add ..... R_ Port M.nlb_ U •• , ............. ,

700000-70FFFF 16 Mainframe Port A

710000-71FFFF 17 Mainframe Port B

720000-72FFFF 18 Bus Expander Port Al

730000-73FFFF 19 Bus Expander Port A2

740000-74FFFF 20 Bus Expander Port A3

7S0000-7SFFFF 21 Bus Expander Port A4

760000-76FFFF 22 Bus Expander Port AS

770000-77FFFF 23 Reserved

7S0000-7SFFFF 24 Reserved

790000-79FFFF 25 Reserved

7 AOOOO-7 AFFFF 26 Bus Expander Port Bl

7BOOO0-7BFFFF 27 Bus Expander Port B2

7COOOO-7CFFFF 28 Bus Expander Port B3 .

7DOOOO-7DFFFF 29 Bus Expander Port B4

7EOOOO-7EFFFF 30 Bus Expander Port B5

7FOOOO-7FFFFF 31 Reserved

Page 30: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

................... ~ . II ............ DMGrIpIIon ...

..... Memory modules are initially addressed using the appropriate port address. However, once configured, they are addressed outside the·port selected' address space. Table 5-2 shows the address space reserved for external memory modules.

Figure 5-2 shows the locations of the I/O ports for the Integral PC and two HP 82904A Bus Expanders.

A1 I A3 A2 I A4 Bus Expander

.-. AS Computer

91 I B3

I 92 I B4 A 85. I B - .~

Bus Expander

..... 1-1. 1/0 Port .... aon.

1.8.2 Til. Ext.mal 1/0 Bus

The external I/O bus provides the link between the CPU and the external I/O devices plugged into the I/O backplane. The bus can be divided into three parts: the physical address bus, the data bus, and the control signals.

The Ixt .... IIIO Ph,,,1 Add,. ...... laA t Throug" BAD). This bus is 23 bits wide and is latched by les U44, U4S, and U46 on the logic A PCA. BA23 is the most significant bit. The least significant bit (AO), which distinguishes the upper byte from the lower byte in a 16-bit word, is not present on the bus. In its place two signals, NBUD and NBLD, are prOvided. They specify whether the upper byte, lower byte, or both bytes of the addressed word are involved in a cycle.

TIl. Ixterull/O D ... au. ,BDO Through BD11). This is a 16-bit bidirectional bus driven by ICs U53 and US4 on the logic A PCA. The upper (even) byte of the bus 'consists of BDS through BOIS. The lower (odd) byte of the bus consists of BDO through BD7.

The 1&1 ..... 11/0 Control ......... These signals include: BR/NW, NBUD, NBLO, NPSO, NPSI, NBAS, NBIMA, NBDTACJ(, NBRESET, NBIRO through NBIR3, NBDMARQ, GRIN, and GROUT. Ex­cept for GRIN and GROUT, all of these signals are active low.

BR/NW is the read/not write signal. This Signal, when high, indicates a read cycle; when low, it indicates a write cycle on the data bus.

NBUD and NBLO are the upper and lower data byte signals. If NBUD is low, an upper byte transfer on the data bus is indicated. If NBLD is low, a lower byte transfer is indicated. If both signals are low, a 16-bit word transfer is indicated.

Page 31: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. 10 'unell_. De8Ol'lption ................... c ....... '

NPSO and NPSI are the port select signals for ports A and B, respectively. The NPSO or NPSI signal indicates to a card that it is being accessed within its 'port selected' address space. The signal, when low, indicates that BAI through BA23, BR/NW, NBUD, and NBLO are valid for the selected port.

NBAS is the address strobe signal. This signal, when low, indicates that BAI through BA23 and BR/NW are valid. The address strobe signal is used by memory modules since they must be accessed outside the 'port selected' address space for the I/O port.

NBIMA is the 'I'm addressed' signal. A memory module uses this signal to indicate (by a low signal) that it has been previously allocated the address specified by the current bus cycle.

NBDTACK is the data transfer acknowledge signal. This signal (by going low) indicates that the data transfer portion of a bus cycle is completed. When the mainframe recognizes NBDTACK during a read cycle, data is latched and the bus cycle is terminated. When NBDTACK is recognized during a write cycle, data' is removed from the bus and the cycle is terminated.

NBRESET is the reset signal. This signal goes low for at least 100 ms when the power is turned on. It also goes low for at least 100 ms starting a minimum of 1 ms before the power goes off. The NBRESET signal goes low for 15.5 IJ.S in response to the RESET instruction.

NBIRO, NBIR1, NBIR2, and NBIR3 are the interrupt request signals. Interfaces assert these lines low to request asynchronous interrupts at different interrupt levels. External interrupt request levels NBIRO through NBIR3 correspond to internal interrupt request levels IR3 through IR61 respectively.

NBDMARQ is the direct memory access request signal. The Integral PC does not support direct mem­ory access. The NBDMARQ pins on the port A and port B connectors are wired together to facilitate bus expander testing.

GRIN and GROUT are not used by the Integral PC. In the I/O port connectors the GRIN pins are tied low, and the GROUT pins are left open.

1.8.3 The 1/0 Backplane

The I/O backplane assembly provides the link between external I/O devices and the external I/O bus. It consists of the I/O backplane peA and a guide asse~bly to hold interfaces and memory modules. The I/O backplane peA has two connectors, one for port A and one for port B.

The I/O backplane assembly can support a total power requirement of 9 watts for both ports. An individual port can support a 6-watt power requirement. Thus, up to one 6-watt interface and one 3-watt interface (or memory module) may be installed.

Notel You can expand the I/O capability of the Integral PC to 10 ports by using two bus expanders as shown in figure 5-2. Each bus expander has its own power supply.

Each I/O port supports the Level 0 Subset of the P-bus (the Personal Computer Group compatible bus) with the exception that the I/O backplane connectors provide the outer two rows of pins only (row A and rowe). Refer to table 10-4 for the connector pin assignments.

Page 32: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Punctionlll DHCI'lption 1·11

5.9 Display The Integral pe uses a 255 by 512-pixel electroluminescent panel display. The display controller is located on the logic B PCA. The electroluminescent panel and its associated driver circuitry are located in the display assembly. Figure 5-3 is the display block diagram.

r-~----~---------~---~--~--~---, I I I MEMORY I CQNTACIL ------. I LOGIC I I 1U2. UIi-il. usal I

I I ~

I I I I I I~ ~

DISPLAY I MEMORY (U3-e. I :< l/1 :> I

SYSTEM ~: 8RAPHICS

I CDNTAOL. PRJCESSINfi

~ I UNIT

~I IV CUll I

~} I • I I I I I

LOGIC A PCA I I ------- DATA I ~ DISPLAY SHIFTER

V ASS08LY (U7. U8) :

DATA au! I I I

AIXIAISS IUS TlMING I AND I

SYNC I • CONTROL

CIRCUITS Laale. PCA cue. UIO. Uilll I

I

.-----.. ~--,..-----~----~~- ..... - ... _____ I

'1 .... W. Dis,,,, Block Diagram

1.1.1 The Display Controll.r The display controller consists of the following components:

• The GPU (graphics processing unit) miaoprocessor. This miaoprocessor (Ie U1 on the logic B peA) is specially designed as a display controiler.

• The display memory. This is a 32K-byte memory organized as a 16K by 16-bit bank of dynamic RAM (lCs U3 through U6 on the logic B peA).

• The control logic for the display memory (ICs U2, U11, U12, U13, and U16 on the logic B peA).

• The data shifter (ICs U7 and U8 on the logic B PCA), which consists of tWo 8-bit shift registers that convert the outgoing data to serial form.

• The timing circuit (lCs U9, UI0, and U13 on the logic B PCA), which synchronizes the output of data to the display assembly.

Page 33: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

1-1 a lIunction ...... crlptlon

The display controller outputs data to the display assembly. It performs a complete display refresh cycle 60 times a second in order to keep the image visible on the display saeen. The display refresh process is accomplished using line-at-a-time scanning. In this process, which differs from the dot-at-a-time raster scan process used in CRT monitors, an entire 512-pixel display line is activated at one time.

The GPU controls the storing of data in display memory, and the reading of data for output to the display assembly. The GPU also controls the timing and sync (synchronization) circuits, which output the sync signals to control the display assembly.

The display memory stores data in a bit-mapped format. For each point on the display screen there is a corresponding bit in the display memory. If the bit in the display memory is a -I', the corresponding point on the screen will be lit; if the bit is a '0', the point will be dark.

The GPU performs display memory cycles continuously, but only every other cycle is a display refresh cycle. The GPU uses the alternate memory cycles to modify and manage the contents of the display memory.

The GPU performs the refresh process by reading sequential locations in display memory and sending the information stored in those locations to the display assembly. However, the GPU transfers the data to the data shifter one 16-bit word at a time. The data shifter consists of two 8-bit shift registers, one for the odd bits and one for the even bits of each word. When these shift registers are fully loaded, they send the data in serial form two bits at a time (odd and even bits) to the display assembly.

At the display assembly the incoming bits are entered into two 256-bit shift registers. When the shift registers are full, the 512 data bits are latched, and the display drivers are activated for the entire line. Thus, the desired pixels in the selected. line are turned on. This process is repeated until each of the 255 lines have been written. The refresh process then begins again at the top of the screen.

Notel The System m operating system provides a display timeout feature. If a unit is equipped with System Ill, its display normally times out after 15 minutes of unattended oper­ation. (The display comes back on when you press any key.) You can disable the timeout feature with the d i sp_ t i me_o f f command on the Utilities disc. The System V operating system does not implement the display timeout feature.

5.8.2 The Display A.sembly

The display assembly consists of a 512-pixel by 255-line electroluminescent panel and the associated driver circuitry and mounting hardware. The display assembly is a tuned assembly. It cannot be serviced in the field. If this assembly is faulty, replace it.

5.1 0 Keyboard The detachable keyboard is a compressed ITF (Integrated Terminal Family) keyboard. It contains S'O keys, including cursor keys, edit keys, a numeric pad, and eight function keys. Autorepeat and n-key rollover functions are provided.

Localized keyboards are available for several languages. Refer to table 10-1 for a list of these key­boards and their identification codes.

Page 34: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Fu ........ a. .... ptlo.. ..13

An HP-HIL (Hewlett-Packard Human Interface link) keybotqd interface, IC US8 on the logic A PeA, controls the keyboard. The keyboard plugs into either one of the two HP-HIL jades on the front panel (lower left) of the computer.

The number of HP-HIL devices (for example, a keyboard and mouse) that can connected to the rom­puter depends upon the power drawn by the individual devices. (The Integral PC keyboard draws 100 mA) The totlll power drtnDn by all HP-HIL devices connected to the two jacks must not aceed 600 mAo The HP-HIL controller can configure up to seven devices if they do not exceed the power rating.

5.11 Disc Drive and Controller The Integral PC includes a double-sided 3Y2-inch miaofloppy disc drive. The disc control circuitry includes a Western Digital 2797 floppy disc controller IC (Ut8 on the logic B PCA) and associated logic circuitry. Figure 5-4 is a block diagram of the disc drive and controller.

---------, 1----------------. I I 1 I

~ ______ ~I ____ ~ I

SVSTEM CONTAOL

I I I I I I

DISC CaNTADLLE

(Ull.,

I LOGIC 8 PeA •

---~------------~

FI .... 5-4. Disc Drive Block D .......

DISC DAIVE

--.-.. CDNTAOL CIRCUITS

The disc drive routine resides in operating system ROM. It contains a software loop to control data transfer.

The disc drive uses double-density recording in accordance with the Hewlett-Packard MFM (modified frequency modulation) format.

Each disc drive assembly consists of a drive mechanism, a read/write head, a head· positioning mecha­nism, the control interlocks, and a PCA containing the electronic components. The read and write circuits, the head-position control circuit, and the read, write, and erase enable circuits are all located on the disc drive peA.

The disc drive motor operates only du.-ing a disc access.

Page 35: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

1-14 FunctiOlUll Deaorlptlon Ine..,.. ........... Computer

5.12 Printer The Integral PC includes an 80-column dot matrix inkjet printer that uses a disposable printhead. (The printer is a modified ThinkJet HP-IL printer.) Figure 5-5 is the printer block diagram.

r---------, I I I I I I I I I I I I I

IYITDI coma.. t---------',

HEAD DOTI

MOTOR CONTROL

.-----....------. I

PRINT!JII

"eM.

I HOME AND OUT -OF ·P"'PEA DETECT

I ~ LOGIC A PCA I ---______ 1

Laale • PCA

I~ _____ -----~----

===> ......... --- CCIITROL CIRCUITS

p .. ..,. 1-1. Printer Block Dla.ram

The printer uses an HP-IL interface (U31 on the logic B peA) to communicate with the computer. It has a custom-designed controller IC (U28 on the logic B PCA), a lK-byte RAM Ie (U27 on the logic B PCA), and a 16K-byte ROM IC (U32 on the logic B PCA).· The lK-byte RAM IC buffers at least one line of 12 by 640 dot graphics. The 16K-byte ROM Ie contains the character font table.

The control panel includes a form-feed key, a line-feed key, and a continue-operation key that is used to set the top-of-form position and to recover from errors. The panel includes an attention light (the yellow LED) that comes on continuously to indicate an out-of-paper condition and blinks to indicate an error condition.

The printer provides printing and non -printing self tests to identify failures.

5.13 Real· Time Clock The real-time dock (located on the logic B PCA) keeps time continuously, even while the computer is turned off. The clock also provides the timing for the operating system.

• The printer ROM Ie is localized for some languages. Currently the standard version is used for all languages except Arabic, Hebrew, and Japanese.

Page 36: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

The clock controller (Ie U44 on the logic B PCA) is a National Semiconductor NS58167 A IC that counts from 1/10,000 second to months. It contains two interrupt outputs. The STANDBY INT output interrupts at interrupt level 6 when the clock count matches a predetermined value (user programma­ble). The INT output interrupts at interrupt level 1 either when a predetermined value is matched or at a predetermined periodic interval (also user programmable).

The 32.768-kHz oscillator (Yl on the logic B PCA) can be fine tuned by adjusting the variable capac­itor (C43 on the logic B PCA) connected to pin 10 of the controller Ie.

The oscillator is connected to an LM 358 operational amplifier (U40 ~n the logic B peA). The opera­tional amplifier is wired in voltage-follower configuration to buffer the clock signal. The buffered dock signal is available at test point TPl for measurement with a frequency counter.

The standby lithium battery (BTl on the logic B PCA) maintains clock operation while the computer is turned off. The battery has a six-year minimum expected life (12 years typical).

Each of the controller address and control lines is connected to ground through a 22-kO resistor (R38 on the logic B peA). This prevents the inputs from floating into their linear operating regions when the computer is turned off, reducing the drain on the standby battery.

5.14 Speaker The speaker (LSI on the logic B PCA) allows the user to generate tones in the range 100 Hz to 5000 Hz.

The speaker controller (Ie U39 on the logic B peA) is a National Semiconductor COP 452 frequency generator/counter. The controller outputs a square wave, the frequency and number of pulses of which are programmable.

5.15 HP-IB Interface The computer contains an HP·IB (Hewlett-Packard Interface Bus) interface that is compatible with the 1EEE-488 standard. It is the primary means for interfacing the computer to peripherals such as plot­ters, external printers, and external disc drives. The HP-IB interface is also often used for data acquisition and controller applications.

The interface circuit includes two bus transceivers: an SN 75160A (Ie U42) and an SN 75162A (Ie U43). It also includes a 9914 talker/listener/controller Ie (IC U41). An ALSOO quad-NAND IC (Ie U26) provides for the decoding of the controller:enable signal. All of these components are located on the logic B PCA.

Jumper WI defines whether the interface is to be system controller of the HP-IB or not. It is fadory set in the system controller position since the interface is most often used in this mode.

All bus configuration is done by the operating system at initialization or by the application program. Therefore, no switches are required fo~ this purpose.

Page 37: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

5-t 8 Functlona. Desortptlon

5.16 Power Supply The Integral PC power supply is an off-line switcher. It is located on a separate printed-circuit assem­bly. Figure 5-6 is a block diagram of this circuit.

START POWER

CIRCUIT STATUS POWER DONN CIRCUIT

LOW

...... YGLTMIE Hay

PO

, HIGH VOLTAGE CHOPPER ...... TCIIII nov AC RECTIFICATION CIRCUIT CIRCUITS WEFt

....... uev CIRCUIT AND

H5Y rev.

+t2V ,.ea. ,

~

CIRCUIT +ey rea.

-12v reg.

FEEDBACK CONTROL

PULSE-WIOTH AND MOOUl.ATOR REFERENCE

CIRCUIT

Figure.... POW., Supply Block D ... ,. ..

The power supply provides five direct-current outputs. The +SV, + 12V, + ISV, and -12V outputs are regulated, and the + 18V output is not regulated. Table 5-1 shows which components of the com­puter use these voltages.

The following paragraphs describe the operation of the power supply. Refer to the schematic diagram in figure 12-11 to identify the components.

The 115 or 230 Vac line voltage is rectified by diode CR36 and applied to transformer Tt. Transistor Q3 chops the voltage at a frequency of 4S kHz. The appropriate voltages appear across the secondary windings of Tl and are rectified and regulated as required.

The pulse-width modulator (IC U4) controls the frequency at which the input to T1 is chopped. Dur­ing normal operation power for modulator U4 is provided by the de voltage developed across capacitor CIl. However, since no voltage exists across Cl3 when the power is turned on, U4 remains turned off, and the power supply remains inoperative. To initiate operation, the start-up circuit pro­vides power to U4.

The start-up circuit functions as follows. When the power is turned on, voltage is applied across ca­pacitor C3 through capacitor C2 and diodes CR1 and CR2. The voltage across C3 rapidly builds up to a predetermined positive value, then transistor Q1 conducts, assisted by transistor Q2, which also conducts. The voltage across capacitor C3 is then applied across C13 and briefly provides power for U4 while the power is coming up.

Page 38: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Comparator UlO monitors the +5V output and feeds a signal back to modulator U4 (through optoisolator US) to control the frequency of the chopping circuit. If the + SV output should rise to 6.2V, transistor Q8 is turned on. This shorts out the + SV output, and also shorts out the feedback signal through diodes CR27, CR28, and CR29, thereby turning off U4 and shutting down the power supply.

Comparator U2A monitors the rectified line voltage. If the power starts to shut down and falls to a certain level, U2A turns on the POWER DOWN signal and warns the rest of the system before the power is lost completely. This allows the system to perform certain functions, such as preparing. the real-time clock for power shut-down .

. Comparator U2B overrides U2A and maintains the POWER DOWN signal for a period of time after the power has been turned off. Resistor Rl5 and capaator C8 determine the length of this time period.

Page 39: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers
Page 40: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Chapter 6 Removal and Replacement

8.1 Introduction This chapter desaibes the procedures for removing and replacing the assemblies and components of the Integral PC. To reassemble the computer, you will generally reverse the disassembly procedure. ~eassembly notes' are included in the procedures where additional reassembly information is needed.

The directions 'left, .. 'right,' 'front,. 'back/ 'top,' and "ottom' in these instructions refer to the com­puter in the upright position as seen from the front (display side).

6.2 Safety Considerations

_IIIIING

Life threatening voltages are present in the power supply primary circuitry whenever the line corel is plugged in, even while the fH1UJtT switch is turntd off. Use extreme care whenever servicing the computer with the power supply cover removed. Electrical and mechanical failures may cause dangerous voltages to be present at points that normally are safe.

Observe the folloWing safety guidelines when working on the computer.

• Do all possible operations with the computer turned off.

• NtfJer work alone. Be familiar with the location of power switches in your service area and what they control.

• In case of an accident, know where to obtain respiratory resuscitation and cardiopulmonary resus­citation (CPR).

• Keep your work area neat and free of nonessential conducting material and sharp objects. Remem­ber that reaction to an electrical shock can cause you to strike nearby objects, possibly resulting in serious injury.

• Do not exceed the rated specifications of test instruments.

• Observe all cautions and warnings in this manual.

8.3 ESD Considerations

CAUTION

The Integral PC is susceptible to damage from electrostatic discharge (ESD), especially when the back case has been removed. Follow anti-static procedures when working on the computer. Seri­ous damage to the computer may otherwise occur.

Page 41: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. 2 ReMoval and ..... I_ ..... nt I_,a' .......... eo ..... uter

Observe the the following anti-static guidelines when working on the Integral PC:

• Use a static-safe workstation. At a repair bench, this may consist of a grounded anti-static work surface (an anti-static mat), a grounded wrist strap, a grounded soldering iron, and an ionized air blower directed over the workstation. At an on-site location, this may consist of a folding anti-static mat, a grounded cable, and a wrist strap. Keep all insulators (such as coffee cups, paperwork, or packing material) far away from static-sensitive devices. They are notorious static generators.

. • Keep all assemblies and components in their conductive packages until needed. When the part is needed, unpack it only at a static-safe workstation and only while you are grounded. If you must set the part somewhere, place it only on the conductive mat.

• Handle PC boards by the edges. Do not touch any component, trace, or connector.

• Keep your clothing away from static-sensitive parts, even when using heel and wrist straps. The static charge on clothing often is not bled away.

• Do not use erasers to clean contacts (they generate lotS of static and also tend to rub off the gold).

• Connect the chassis of the instrument you are working on to the grounded mat so that it will remain grounded even when you remove the power cord for service. The ground jumper should have a I-MO resistor built into it. to protect you in case of a ground fault in the instrument.

WAIINING

An anti-static wrist strap should have a I-MQ series resistor built into the ground jumper to protect you against an electrical shock through the wrist strap. Use of an unapproved wrist strap could result in a potentially fatal electric shock.

6.4 Required Tools Table 6-1 lists the tools that you will need to disassemble and reassemble the computer.

Table I-t. R.qulred Tools ,..----------------------------------_ .. - ,._-P~Num ... r

8710-1426

8710-1284

8710-1220

8710-0797

8730-0008

8710-1107

Description

Torx kit

T-IO angle driver

S.S-mm nut driver

'In-in. nut driver

Saewdriver, flat-blade

Pliers, needlenose

... ~

Page 42: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

•• - ....................... _. ...., ••• ~.'WW

8.5 Removing the Back Case To gain access to the assemblies and wiring inside the computer, do the following:

1. Open the computer by pressing the buttons and then sliding the two latches on the lid inwards towards the handle; lift the lid up, and swing it back on its rockers. Be careful that the keyboard assembly doesn't fall out. Remove the keyboard assembly.

••• G •

. t:i~.:: ......,-~~-- :~·~~;ri;\:::;~· ','

, ,',' ,·l''ii~r}~·.

", ".. ',,- .. {~k},.\I!pjiA .../JJ}:;t .. );t

-~ 't_---_-_ -_ -.:------1--..!f .

..... ,. 6-1. Back Ca .. Sc,. ..

2. Swing the lid back up on top. Using a T-20 Torx driver, remove the screws on the sides of the back case. Tip the computer toward its front, disengage the back case from the top of the com­puter, then lower the back case to release its bottom lip. Remove the back case from the computer.

6.6 Removing the Lid To remove the lid assembly:

. 1. Open the computer by pressing the buttons and then sliding the two latches on the lid inwards towards the handle; lift the lid up, and swing it back on its rockers. Be careful that the keyboard assembly doesn't fallout. Remove the keyboard assembly.

Ie Swing the lid back up on top. Tilt the lid up so that you have access to the rocker pins on which the lid bail pivots.

Page 43: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

..... Remova. and Replacement Integ,a. Per .. n •• Computer

3. Using needlenose pliers or a small screwdriver, remove the E-rings from the two small rocker pins (see figure 6-2). Be careful not to drop the E-rings inside the case.

4. Disengage the bail arm from the pins and lift off the lid. Remove the spring washers from the rocker pins to prevent loss.

Figure 1·2. Computer-Lid Rocker

If you need to disassemble the lid, see figure 9-6.

6.7 Removing the Logic A peA To remove the logic A peA, follow these steps:

1. Remove the plug-in ROM assembly if one is installed (refer to section 6.16.1).

2. Remove the back case (refer to section 6.5). Unsnap the white button on the clear ESD shield in the upper right-hand corner (see figure 6-3). .

•• I Figure 8-3. Logic A Shield Screws

Page 44: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

l ..... r.I .......... IC~ ...... ." .......... pl....... ...

3. Remove the six shield screws and the logic A shield (see figure 6-3).

4. Remove the five peA mounting screws (see figure 6-4) .

............ • ',.'tII

~:' .... '~.';t:.

••••• I · •

Fig .. 1-4. Logic A peA Mounting Scre.s .nd Feed· Through Connector

Sa Use a S.S-mm nutdriver to remove the hex standoff (figure 6-4). The PCA is now held in place by the pins' in the feed-through connectors .

.. Grasping the peA at each side near the top, gently pull it out. Be careful not to bend the pins on the feed-through connectors.

7. Disconnect all cables from the bottom of the PCA. (Note that the large I/O cable connector has a locking lever on each side.)

L Remove the plastic insulator sheet.

Not.: If necessary, you can remove the ROM guide by disengaging, one at a time, the two tabs that are inserted in the slots in the PCA. Do not install the ROM assembly with the ROM guide removed. If you do, you will not be able the remove the ROM assembly.

R ........ bl' Not •• To replace the logic A peA, follow these steps:

1. Insert both feed-through connectors in the logic B PCA (if they are not already there).

CAUTION

Make sure that you do not interchange the power-cable connectors to the logic A and logic B peAs. The logic B power-cable connector is the one from which the disc-drive extension cable extends (see figure 6-32). If you interchange the logic A and logic B power-cable connectors, serious damage to the power supply or the logic peAs will result.

2. Connect the three cables to the bottom of the logic A peA.

Page 45: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

3. While holding the logic A PCA with one hand, place the insulator sheet on the PCA mounting panel behind the PCA. Make sure the holes line up properly.

4. Carefully align the logic A PCA over the feed-through connectors and press the PCA into place. Press as close to the connector as possible.

S. Replace the top two peA mounting screws first to hold the insulator sheet and peA in place, then replace the other screws and the hex standoff.

.. Reinstall the logic A shield, snap the white ESD shield button in place, then reassemble the unit.

6.8 Removing the Logic B peA To remove the logic 8 peA, follow these steps:

1. Remove the back case (refer to section 6.5). Unsnap the white button on the clear ESD shield in the upper right-hand corner (see figure 6 .. 3).

2. Remove the six screws holding the logic A shield (see figure 6-3) and remove the shield. (Leave the logic A peA in place.)

3. Remove the six screws holding the PCA mounting panel (see figure 6-5).

FIgure 8-1. PeA Mounting-Pane. Screws

4. TIlt the panel down and toward you (unhook the cable dip from the printer-mechanism cables). Support the panel to prevent any strain on the cables.

.. Disconnect the fan cable and the printer flex cable from the logic B PCA.

Page 46: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. There are four printer-mechanism cables that pass through the grommeted hole in the shield (see figure 6-6). Disconnect these cables from the logic B PCA, but don't remove them from the grommeted hole.

.....r. .... Grommeted Hoi. In Logic • Shield

7. Remove the four shield saews (labeled MB' in figure 6-7). Lift up the shield and disconnect the display flex cable from the logic B peA.

A

A

.------------~~~

.-~~

'1 ... 1·7. Logic • peA Screws and , .. d· Through Connectors.

I. Support the shield up and out of the way by refastening the cable dip to the printer-mechanism cables.

Page 47: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.... ...... ov ... nd ... ~ Int ................ ICom ........

I. Disconnect the remaining cables from the logic B PCA (the disc drive flex cable, power cable, printer switch-panel cable, and HP-IB ribbon cable).

Note: If the logic A PCA is still installed, its cables will hold the PCA mounting-panel assem­bly in place.; If the logic A PCA has been removed (or if you disconnect its cables), you can remove the PCA mounting-panel assembly and lay it on a bench.

10. Remove the four remaining screws that hold the logic B PCA (labeled MA" in figure 6-7).

11. The feed-through connectors now are all that hold the PCA. Grasp the PCA as near to the con­. nectars as possible and gently pull the peA loose. Be careful not to bend the pins on the feed­

through connectors.

12. Remove the plastic insulator sheet.

Re ...... bIy Notes: Make sure the plastic insulator sheet is positioned properly relative to the screw holes in the PCA mounting panel. Insert the feed-through connectors into the logic A peA, align the logic B PCA over the pins, then press the PCA into place. Press as close to the connectors as possible. Secure the PCA with its mounting screws (labeled III A" in figure 6-7) before you reconnect any cables.

CAUTION

Make sure that you do not interchange the power-cable connectors to the logic A and logic B PCAs. The logic B power-cable connector is the one from which the disc-drive extension cable extends (see figure 6-32). If you interchange the logic A and logic B power-cable connectors, serious damage to the power supply or the logic peAs will result.

Connect the display flex cable to the PCA before you reinstall the shield on the PCA. Figure 6-8 shows the proper orientation.

• • -. Ii' .-_ -.- - . . .' - ,;,.-., .. u

FllUre.... Display Cable Orientation

Page 48: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

- ~-- -- - -------- --_ ... -.. --

When you reconnect the four printer-mechanism connectors to the logic B PCA, make sure that the printer cables are properly oriented. The connectors are keyed. Install them as shown in figure 6-6.

Be sure that the printer cables are pulled tightly through the grommeted hole in the shield. The wires as they come out of the connectors in the open space below the shield must lie flat on the peA so as not to interfere with the fan (see figure 6-6).

Make sure that all cable connectors have been reinstalled before you reassemble the unit.

Note: The printer ROM Ie (U32 on the logic B PCA) is localized for some languages. It is socketed for easy removal. Currently the standard version is used for all languages except Arabic, Hebrew, and Japanese. The standard printer ROM is supplied on all replacement logic B peAs. If you are replacing the logic B PCA on a unit localized for Arabic, Hebrew, or Japanese, remove the localized printer ROM from the defective PCA and install it in the re­placement peA. Install the standard printer ROM in the peA to be exchanged. If the printer ROM needs to be replaced, use the correct part number for the localized unit (refer to table 9-12).

6.9 The Printer Assembly The printer assembly is a modified HP-IL version of the ThinkJet printer. Before you service the printer mechanism, remove it from the computer.

6.9.1 Removing the Printer

To remove the printer assembly, follow these steps:

1. Open the computer by pressing the buttons and then sliding the two latches on the lid inwards towards the handle; lift the lid up, and swing it back on its rockers. Be careful that the keyboard assembly doesn't fallout. Remove the keyboard assembly.

2. Open the printer cover. Remove the cpver as follows: bend the middle of the hinged edge out­ward slightly, then disengage the hinge pins. (See figure 6-9.)

... ure •••• Removing the Printer Cover

Page 49: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integra' Pen.nal Computer

3. Remove the back case of the computer (refer to section 6.5). Unsnap the white button on the clear ESD shield in the upper right-hand corner (see figure 6-3).

4. Remove the six saews holding the logic A shield (see figure 6-3) and remove the shield. (Leave . the logic A PCA in place.)

S. Remove the six screws hol~g the peA mounting panel (see figure 6-5) .

.. Tilt the panel down and toward you (unhook the cable clip from the printer-mechanism cables). Support the panel to prevent any strain on the cables.

7. Disconnect the four printer-mechanism cables from the logic B PCA.

I. Remove the four screws that hold the logic B shield (labeled *B' in figure 6-7). Lift up the shield and disconnect the display flex cable from the logic B PCA and display assembly.

I. Holding the shield in one hand, pass each of the four printer-mechanism cable connectors back through the grommeted hole.

10. Once the shield is free, set it aside.

11. Disconnect the printer flex cable and the printer switch-panel cable from the logic B PCA.

CAUTION

Be very careful when removing the printer c;witch panel not to tear the plastic ESD shield at­tached to the panel and to the S.S-mm hex standoff.

12. Remove the 5.5-mm hex standoff and washer, and carefully remove the ESD shield from the standoff. (See figure 6-10.)

........ "10. ESD Shield

.... .......

Page 50: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

13. Remove the printer switch panel as follows. Remove the screw shown in figUre 6-11, move the front of the panel slightly to the right to clear the screw post, then lift the panel up and out.

'_lure 8-11. Printer Switch Panel

14. Remove the two screws in the bottom of the printer assembly and the screw in the rear right­hand corner of the assembly near the switch-panel tab slot. See figure 6-12. (You may have to move the printhead out of the way to remove one of the screws.)

1 L Lift the printer assembly out of the unit being careful not to damage any of the cables .

•• ",),1.0 -

Flgu ... "12. Printer Mountinl Scre.s

....... mlll' Note.: Make sure the tab on the ESD shield is back in place before reinstalling the printer switch panel. The shield wraps up in a circular fashion around the bottom of the panel. Make sure the dull side of the shield is toward the outside and faces the S.S-mm standoff (see figure 6-10).

To replace the printer switch panel, orient it properly, insert the tab into the slot at an angle, and drop the panel into place. Install the screw (see figure 6-11).

Page 51: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8·12 R ..... ".I.ncI ...... ac .... ent Int ...... P.r __ Com ........

8.1.2 Servicing the Printer

Use the procedures that follow to adjust the printer mechanism and to replace its subassemblies.

Before performing any of these procedures, you must remove the printer assembly from the computer as described in section 6.9.1.

Ad,u8tlnl the .. II Ann. Adjust the bail arm correctly to allow the pinch rollers to apply pressure equally to the paper. If the pressures are unequal, the paper will skew as it moves through the mechanism.

t. Apply downward pressure on the left side of the bail-arm assembly while lifting the right side of the bail. See figure 6-13. The right pinch roller should lift a short distance (1/8 to 1/4 inch) off the grit wheel before meeting heavy resistance.

• If there is no ·play· in the right side, apply more pressure until the right side of the shaft loosens up.

• If there is too much play, and the right bail arm easily goes backward and hits the stop on the print frame, the screw on the left end of the bail shaft is too loose. Tighten it until the play is correct.

PltUN "t3 ...... Ann Adjustment-Right Side

I. Once the right side is adjusted properly, apply downward pressure on the right side of the bail arm assembly and lift the left side of the bail. See figure 6-14. The left pinch roller should have the same amount of play. If not, use the techniques outlined in step 1 to make the proper adjusbnent.

Page 52: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.................. IC .... p ...... ~ ..... v.l ..... R ..... c ... nt 8-13

'it .. 8-14 .... I·Arm Adjustm .... -L.tt Sid.

3. After both sides are set correctly, rotate the platen shaft to ensure that both pinch rollers are driven by the grit wheels.

GrIt Wh ........ Pin Wh .. _ Rep._c.ment. To remove the grit wheels or pin wheels, follow these steps:

t. Remove the E-rings from both ends of the platen shaft.

Ie Remove the output gear and dowel from the right side of the shaft. Be careful not to lose the dowel when the gear is removed.

3. Remove both sleeve bearings by pulling straight out from the sides.

4. Lift the shaft free and remove the wheels.

To reassemble the platten shaft, proceed as follows:

t. When installing the platen shaft, place both grit wheels on the shaft and temporarily set the shaft in the mechanism with the dowel hole positioned on the right side. Position the wheels so they fit between the flanges on the platen frame. See figure 6-15.

FI ... ,. e·t I. Grtt·Wh ... Insblll.lion

Page 53: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. t4 ....... and ............ .... ....... _ ....... Contputer

2. Install the pin wheels on each side of the shaft. Ensure that the pins are positioned on the shaft in alignment with each other. See figures 6-16a and 6-16b.

PI ...... 8-11 •• Pin ..... 1 Replacement--COrrect Alignment

L

,.... .. tab. Pin Wh •• 1 R.pIBement-lncorrect Alignment

3. Place the guides over each pin wheel, and set the left guide into its slotted position on the platen frame. Seat the guides &rmly into place. See figure 6-17.

Page 54: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

...... '., ........... Co ... u ....

Plture "f7. Pin ...... Guide Rep_acement

4. Install the sleeve bearings by pushing them onto the shaft with the shaft resting in. place.

S. Rotate the shaft so that the dowel hole is horizontal and insert the dowel.

L Irastall the output gear so that its recessed areas fit over the dowel.

7. Install the two E-rings on the ends of the shaft.

Carrl .... a ......... ' R.p ....... t. To replace the carriage assembly, follow these steps:

1. Lower the printhead carriage latch and remove the printhead.

2. Move the carriage to the full left position and remove the T7 screw that secures the cable to the carriage. The screw can be accessed through the bottom cutout in the mechanism frame. See figure 6-18.

CAunON

Use care to keep the two cable ends attached to the saew. The retaining washer will help secure these parts together after they have been removed from the carriage. If you fail to do this, the cable could unwind and force the replacement of the print-structure assembly.

Page 55: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. ,. lI .... vat.ncI ... pllle .......

' ....... 1-18. C .......... acrew R .... ov.1

3. Use needlenose pliers to remove the rectangular dip holding the printhead flex cable in the bot­tom of the mechanism.

4. Remove the two E-rings from the ends of the carriage shaft. Remove the shaft and carriage as­sembly. Feed the flex cable through the slot in the bottom of the mechanism as you do so.

Plnch·Roll_ R.plac .... nt. To replace the pinch roller, follow these steps:

'I. Remove the screw on the left end of the bail shaft.

2. Remove the left E-ring and slide the left pinch roller off the shaft. If the right pinch roller requires replacement, remove the next two E-rings and slide the right pinch roller off the left end of the shaft.

Not.: After you replace the pinch rollers, E-rings, and the screw, ensure that the rollers spin freely on the shaft. Adjust the pinch rollers for equal presure on the paper (refer to • Adjusting the Bail Arm)_ .

.. II-A ... mb., Repl.e.en" To remove the bail assembly, follow these steps:

'I. lift the right-hand bail spring to the outward position, pinch the legs together, and lift it out. o Repeat with the left-hand bail spring. See figure 6-19.

Page 56: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Remov.' and R .... IIe ........ 8-17

.llure 1-18 ... iI-Arm Removal-Iprl,.. in Outward Position

2. Remove the TIO screw on the left end of the bail shaft.

3. Remove the E-ring on the right end of the bail shaft. Be careful not to lose the dowel when removing the shaft from the bail arm.

4. Remove the two bail arms by removing the two E-rings.

To install the bail assembly, follow these steps:

1. When reassembling the bail assembly, be sure to note the left-and right-hand characteristics of the bail arms. See figure 6-20.

Fllur. 1·20. Ball-Arm and Spring Identification

Page 57: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. 18 R ..... ".I .nd Replacement Int .................. CoInput_

2. When you reinstall the right-hand bail· arm, refer to figure 6-21 for the proper placement of the ann and spring. The left-hand bail arm is positioned in a similar manner.

Figu,. 8-21. Right a.iI-Arlll and Spring

3. To install the right-harid spring, place the short side of the spring in the bail-ann hole and the longer side in the printer frame hole. If the two legs are properly seated, the spring can be pushed down easily to its normal position flat against the frame. If it does not position easily, the legs are not set in properly. See figure 6-21.

4. Install the left spring in the same manner as the right spring.

S. To insert the bail shaft into the right bail arm, position the shaft so that the dowel hole is horizon­tal. Place the dowel in the shaft, and position the shaft into the right bail arm. Apply enough pressure on the shaft to hold the dowel in place; then turn the shaft so the dowel lines up with the slot in the arm. Push down on the dowel to set it in place; the shaft should then slip fully into the arm. Install the E-ring on the end of the shaft.

I. Secure the other end of the shaft to the left bail arm with the TIO screw.

7. Perform the bail-arm adjustment procedure (refer to • Adjusting the Bail Arm"').

Page 58: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

• •• -. __ ... ____ vv ............ ....... "...- ................ ,. Mo.. I"'ch 10pto lensorl R.p •• c ...... t. To replace the home switch, follow these steps:

t. Locate the home switch shown in figure 6-22 and remove the T6 screw that fastens the switch to the mechanism frame.

. Figure 1-22. Ho .... Switch and Out-Gf.Pa,er Switch Loc.tlons

H .... Switc:tI

2. Cut the ti~ wrap holding the switch cable to the other cables and lift the switch out.

Out-o,·p .... ' Switch llep"cement. To replace the out-of-paper switch, follow these steps:

1_ Locate the out-ai-paper switch shown in figure 6-22 and loosen the two T6 screws that hold the switch on its bracket.

&. Slide the switch free of the loosened screws, cut the tie wrap holding the switch wires to the other cables, and lift the switch out.

6.1 0 Removing the Disc Drive To remove the disc drive from the computer, follow these steps:

t _ Remove the back case (refer to section 6.5).

2. Disconnect the four-wire power cable and the flex cable from the back of the disc drive.

Page 59: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. 20 ........... ncI ..... I_ement

3. Remove the two top screws that are located in the bottom of the cable well on top of the com­puter to the right of the printer. Remove the screw in the bottom rear of the blacket. See figures 6-23a and 6-23b respectively.

FIgure 8-23& Disc-Drive Mounting Screws-Top

.wItoIIl • ..... ~----........ n

FIgure 1-23 ... Disc-Drive llounting Screw-Bottom

4. Pull the disc drive and bracket out the back of the computer.

L Remove the four saews that hold the disc drive to the bracket.

R .......... , Not.s. Make sure the disc release button is in place in the bezel. (You may wish to hold it in place with a piece of masking tape.)

Replace the two top screws first. The screw hole in the bracket should then be aligned properly.

Page 60: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

"ell'lOWll and II .............. . 8-21

The replacement disc drive comes with a bezel mounted on it. Remove this bezel before installing the new drive. To ·do this loosen the two screws shown in figure 6-23c and slide the bezel off .

...... 8-230 • ..... Mounting Scre ••

Remove the bezel-mounting screws and retainer nuts from the new drive and transfer them to the old drive. Mount the bezel on the old drive before returning it.

Make sure that the switch on the back of the new drive is in the -down' position (see figure 6-23b).

8.11 Removing the Display Assembly Note. There are two versions of the display assembly. (Both are functionally equivalent.) The original assembly had a small peA mounted on the back frame of the assembly. The later version does not have this peA because the circuitry has been added to the main display assembly peA Do not remove this peA from a display assembly that has it, nor transfer the PCA to a replacement display assembly that does not have it. Replace the entire display as­sembly with an exchange assembly. The display assembly is a tuned assembly. It cannot be serviced to the component level in the field.

You don't need to open the back of the computer. Just open the lid and remove the keyboard to get access to the front of the computer. Follow these steps:

t. Make sure the display assembly is in the closed position. (The edge of the display panel is flush with the edge of the disc-drive bezel.)

a. Remove the printer cover as shown in figure 6-9.

Page 61: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. 22 R .... ov.1 and Replacement Integra .......... 1 eo ..... u • .,

3. Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver between the disk drive bezel and the front edge of the cable well just to the right of the centerline of the bezel. It should contact the latch approximately 3/4-

inch below the top edge of the bezel. See the figure 6-24.

,U=Ii ~..... ., ......

... . -... "--.---t--------..

Figure 1-24. Disconnecting the Disc-Drive Beze.

4. Press down carefully with the screwdriver to disengage the latch and swing the bezel forward and off. Remove the disc eject button.

S. Close the computer lid and latch it, then lay the computer flat on its back.

CAunON

If you proceed beyond this point with the computer in the upright position, the display-panel assembly may fall out and be damaged.

I. Remove the hvo screws holding the pivot clamp directly above the disc drive and remove the clamp. See figure 6-25.

DMhpot .nlCket

Figure 8-25. The Pivot Clamp and D.shpot Bracket

Spri ...

Page 62: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

7. Remove the screw that holds the dashpot bracket. See figure 6-25.

IIote: The dashpot should be removed as a unit. Do not allow the dashpot plunger to come out of the tube. Otherwise, dirt may get into the dashpot and cause it to malfunction.

.. The display latch is located below the disc drive. Disengage the latch spring, then disengage the latch from the display-panel assembly by pushing it to the right.

.. tift up the right-hand edge of the display assembly (along with the dashpot bracket and the dashpot), disengage the left-hand pivot from the frame, and lift the display assembly up.

to. Disconnect the display Bex cable.

t t. tift the display assembly out of the computer.

12. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently disengage the four tabs along the top of the bezel starting at either end. Press on the bezel as you go to keep the tabs disengaged. See figures 6-26 and 6-27.

"gure 1-27. DI •• ng •• ing the Di.p •• ' ••••• , Tab.

Page 63: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

......... P • ..-I CO .. p .... r

13. Disengage the bottom of the bezel from the display.

14. Remove the panel spring from the display assembly and transfer it to the new assembly .

.......... bIy Notea: To install the display assembly, follow these steps:

1. Insert the bottom edge of the display into the display bezel so the four clips on the bottom of the frame engage the bezel. Then press on the top of the display bezel until it snaps into place with the four tabs on the bezel holding the display.

Before replacing the display assembly, see figures 6-26, 6-28a, and 6-28b, and identify the following:

• The panel spring.

• The dashpot.

• The slot.

• The dashpot bracket.

• The rub~ spacer.

'-.-_____ Phfot

Page 64: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integral ........ Computer

-- . • • ~

R ..... ow .. and Replaceme .. t 8·21

....

'Igure 8-lab. Displ.y-A ... mbl, Det.ils-8ack

2. Lay the computer flat on its back.

3. Position the display latch all the way to the right. (You may wish to hold it in place with a piece of masking tape.)

4. Remove the rubber spacer.

L Connect the flex cable.

&. While holding the bottom of the display assembly up, insert the left-hand pivot into its hole in the frame. Position the dash pot bracket in line with the slot in the frame, then lower the right side of the display assembly so that the right-hand pivot rests in its pivot position and the dashpot bracket extends through the slot. Now lower the bottom edge of the display assembly so that the assembly is lying Oat in place in the frame. The panel spring should have folded down between the display assembly and the frame. If it didn't, reach in with your finger and push it down.

7. Insert the rubber spacer (if not present), its arrow pointing up, into its hole in the frame to the right of the right-hand display pivot. The rubber spacer should cover half of the pivot. See figure 6-28a.

I. Install the pivot clamp.

I. Install the dashpot-bracket sa-ewe

10. Reset the spring force on the display latch by putting the free end of the spring back into its slot.

11. Stand the computer upright and install the disc-drive bezel. Press it until it snaps into place.

12. To test the dashpot, press the display latch to the right. If the dashpot is mounted properly, the display assembly will swing up quickly at first and then more slowly.

Page 65: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8-.8 R.moval.nd R.pl.c ..... nt Int .. ,.1 ...... 1 Compute,

6.12 The Base Assembly The base assembly forms the metal substructure of the computer. It includes the I/O backplane as­sembly, HP-IB ribbon-cable assembly, and power supply.

6.12.1 Removing the a.s. Assembly

Before you can work on the I/O backplane assembly, HP-IB ribbon-cable assembly, or power supply, you must remove the base assembly from the computer. Follow these steps:

1. Remove the back case (refer to section 6.5). l!nsnap the white button on the clear ESO shield in the upper right-hand comer (see figure 6-3).

2. Remove the disc drive assembly (refer to section 6.10, steps 1 through 4).

3. Close the computer lid (if present) and latch it.

Note: If you intend to remove either the left-side-support assembly (the fan housing) or the right-side-support assembly, you must remove the lid assembly (refer to section 6.6) before you proceed. Otherwise, latch the lid assembly in the closed position.

4. Remove both I/O port covers.

5. Remove the 5.S-mm grounding nut accessible through the hole in the I/O PCA (see figure 6-29a) .

Flgu,. 8·28.. Grounding Nut

.. ~ 1.." H ••

::::.----Nut

8. Remove the six screws holding the logic A shield (see figure 6-3) and remove the shield. (Leave the logic A PCA in place.)

7. Remove the six screws holding the PCA mounting panel (see figure 6-5).

8. Tilt the panel down and toward you (unhook the cable clip from the printer-mechanism cables). Support the panel to prevent any strain on the cables.

Page 66: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.......... P ......... COllI put_

.. Disconnect the following from the logic B peA: the fan cable, the power cable, and the HP-IB ribbon cable. (The power cable and HP-IB ribbon cable extend down into the base assembly.)

10. Make sure that the computer lid (if present) is latched. Tilt the PCA mounting panel back up and, holding the panel in place, tilt the computer onto its front face.

11. Holding the PCA mounting panel securely, disconnect all three cables from the logic A PCA: the keyboard flex cable, I/O flex cable, and power cable.

12. Set the PCA mounting panel assembly in a secure location on top of the computer case as shown in figure 6-29b .

•••• ..... ".b ••••• As •• mbl, Mounting Scre ••

13. Remove the four flat-head saews that hold the base assembly to the side supports (see figure 6-29b).

14. Lift the base assembly out of the computer.

15. The base assembly should now appear as shown in figure 6-30a. Remove the eight screws and six nuts holding the cover to the base assembly .

............ , .... ". '; ~ •

,\ ~". .

.~. ... I· -.. c.IIIe

'Igur. a·308 ..... A •• embly Cover Screws and Nut.

Page 67: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8-. R ...... v.1 and Replacemetlt I ..... ,.. Personal eolllputer

11. Press the HP-IB ribbon-cable connector down through the grommeted hole. Remove the cover from the base assembly being careful not to damage the external I/O flex cable. The base assem­bly should now appear as shown in figure 6-30b.

axtem.1 110 -= .... Calli.

..,... '~ .. ~~~ .

m 4

• /0 __ I'CA r .s~ __ .... ~~",. ..--Po .... Suppty

Flgur. 8-30b. Ba.e Assembly With Cover Removed

17. You can now remove the I/O backplane PCA, the HP-IB ribbon-cable assembly, and the power supply as described below.

R ••••• mbly Note.. When installing the cover on the base assembly, install it as shown in figure 6-30c with the two left sections of the cover tucked behind the lip of the base assembly. The idea is to make electrical contact between the cover and base, so don't bend the front section of the cover. Just gently press the cover behind the lip as you install it. By making electrical contact between the cover and base, electromagnetic interference (EMI) problems are reduced.

t . ~ ;:. . .• . .1

;~~~~:;

Fllure 8·30c. Rein.talling the Bas .. A •• embly Cover

Page 68: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

CAUTION

Make sure that you do not interchange the power-cable connectors to the logic A and logic B PCAs. The logic B power-cable connector is the one from which the disc-drive extension cable extends (see figure 6-32). II you interchange the logic A and logic B power-cable connectors, serious damage to the power supply or the logic PCAs will result.

1.12.2 Removing the 1/0 Backplane peA

Before you can remove the I/O backplane PCA, you must remove the base assembly from the com­puter and remove its cover as desaibed in section 6.12.1. Once you have done this, follow these steps:

t. Remove the four screws holding the I/O backplane PCA to the base assembly.

I. Pull the PCA back to release it from the two plastic pins, then slide the PCA upwards. (Leave the I/O ground bracket in place.)

3. If further disassembly of the I/O chassis is needed, see figure 9-4.

8.12.3 Removing the HP-I. Ribbon-Cable Assembl,

Before you can remove the HP-IB ribbon-cable assembly, you must remove the base assembly from the computer and remove its cover as described in section 6.12.1. Once you have done this, follow these steps:

t .• Using a 'In-inch nut driver, remove the two hex standoffs from either side of the HP-IB back­panel connector.

I. Carefully remove the HP-IB ribbon-cable assembly from the base assembly. See figure 9-4 for further details.

8.12.4' Removing the Power-Supply Assembly

Before you can remove the power-supply assembly, you must remove the base assembly from the computer as described in section 6.12.1. Once you have done this, remove the power-supply assembly as described below.

Capacitors C4 and C5 will remain charged for an hour or more after the power is turned off. You should short the leads on each of these capacitors to avoid a possible shock hazard.

t. Remove the power cord if you have not already done so. Short capacitors C4 and CS to ground.

a. The ac line filter is shown in figure 6-31a. Disconnect the line filter ground wire from the chassis.

Page 69: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

1-30 R .... ov ....... Replacement Int..,.. 1t.8011111 Comput ...

~.-______ .I- (.I2J

~~rI'J' ".n(.I1)

Flgur. 6·31 •• Power·Suppl, Assembly Showing AC Line Filter

3. Remove the two screws that hold the ac line filter to the back panel of the base assembly, being careful not to drop the filter onto the PCA. Set the filter in a secure location on top of the power supply. (It"is not necessary to disconnect the line filter from the power supply PCA.)

4. Disconnect the output connector from the power-supply assembly .

.. Remove the six screws holding the power-supply assembly (see figure 6-31b).

"put Connector WU

Flgur. 1-31 b. Power·Supply A ••• mbly Showing Mounting Screw.

.. Ren;tove the power-supply assembly and line filter as a unit.

CAUTION

Remove the line filter leads from the power supply PCA only if necessary, and use care when doing so. The line filter connectors fit very tightly on the PCA, and it is easy to damage the PCA when removing them.

Page 70: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Leave the ac line filter connected to the power supply peA unless you must replace the line filter or the power supply PCA. H you must disconnect the line filter, remove its leads &om ConnectOIS Jl and 12 on the power s~pply PCA (see figure 6-31a).

R ....... ty Not •• : Make sure the transparent plastic sheet is positioned properly relative to the saew holes in the bottom of the power-supply assembly.

--.. Do not reverse the brown and blue line-filter leads when replacing the line filter. They must be connected as shown in figure 6-31a. If these leads are reversed, there will be no fuse protection.

If the plastic coating on the two large capadtoIS (C4 and C5) is saatched, replace the capacitors. Otherwise a shock hazard will result.

Note that the mounting screw next to the large capacitor (C4) has no star washer. This prevents possi­ble damage to the coating on C4. Make sure that you use the washerless screw here when reinstalling the power supply.

CAunON

Make sure that you do not interchange the power-cable connectors to the logic A and logic B PCAs. The logic B power-cabJe connector is the one from which the disc-drive extension cable extends (see figure 6-32), If you interchange the logic A and logic B power-cable connectors, serious damage to the power supply or the logic PCAs will result.

'''are 1·32. Power-Cable H .......

Page 71: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8-32 ...... oval.1Id llepl.cement

6.13 Removing the Fan The fan is part of the left-side-support assembly. To replace the fan you must replace this assembly. Follow these steps:

1. Remove the lid assembly (refer to section 6.6).

2. Remove the base assembly (refer to section' 6.12.1, steps 1 through 14).

3. Remove the three screws (designated H4, H5, and H6 in figure 9-1) that hold the left-side-sup­port assembly to the front case.

4. Set the logic peA mounting-panel assembly out of the way, then slide the left-side-support as-sembly out from the front case assembly .

............ y Not., The paper door cushions are located behind the left-. and right-side-support as­semblies (see figure 9-1). When you remove either Side-support assembly the corresponding paper door cushion tends to fall out of position. Before you reinstall a side-support assembly, make sure that the paper door cushion is in place.

6.14 Removing the Keyboard Connector Assembly To remove the keyboard connector assembly, follow these steps:

1. Remove the base assembly (refer to section 6.i2.1, steps 1 through 14).

2. Remove the two screws shown in figure 6-33 and lift. out the peA.

FI.ur. 8-33. K.poard Connector A •• embly

8.15 The Keyboard The keyboard consists of the keyboard case, the keyboard cable, and the keyboard assembly. The key­board assembly is an exchange assembly that contains all of the mechanical and electronic parts of the keyboard mounted on a printed circuit board. Most keyboard problems can be corrected by replacing either the keyboard assembly or the keyboard cable.

Page 72: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

................... CoMputer

8.15.1 Removing the Keyboard A •• embly

To remove the keyboard assembly, follow these steps:

t. Carefully pry up and remove the four rubber pads from the bottom of the keyboard.

a. Remove the four bottom saews. See figure 6-34 .

..... 1-34. Keybon Bottom Screw.

3. Remove the two top screws. See figure 6-35.

FiguN 1-35. Keyboard Top Screw.

4. Ult off the top case and turn it over.

Page 73: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

1-34 Relllov" and lIeplaoement Int ............... C.lllputer

I. Remove the two keyboard assembly mounting screws. See figure 6-36.

F.I.re 8-38. Keyboard A ..... bly-Mountlng Screw.

.. There is a ferrite cylinder on the keyboard cable located between the keyboard assembly and the top case. The cylinder is held in place with double-sided foam tape. Pry the cylinder loose from the case and keyboard assembly with a small flat-bladed screwdriver. [jft up the keyboard assem­bly and turn it over.

7. Carefully unplug the cable connector. See figure 6-37.

'.gure 1-37. Keyboard A •• embly-Cable Connector and Ground LUI

L Disconnect the ground lug. See figure 6-37.

I. Pull the connecting cable (with its ferrite cylinder) out through the slot in the top case.

The cable and keyboard assembly are now separated and can be replaced individually.

Page 74: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.......... r_ ..... ~lIIputer

.......... ..., IIot ... Install the keyboard cable exactly as shown in figure 6-37.

Place the ferrite cylinder in its original position. You don't need to replace the double-sided. foam tape. The foam padding will hold the cylinder in place.

8.11.2 Replacing the Ke,board Lags

To replace a keyboard leg, proceed as follows:

1. Open the keyboard case as desaibed in section 6.15.1, steps 1 through 4.

2. Install the legs as shown in figures 6-38a and 6-38b.

, ..... 1·3811. Keyboard Leg in Closed Position

Page 75: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

6.16 The ROM Assembly There are two operating system plug-in ROM assemblies that may be installed in the Integral PC:

• If the computer has the HP-UX System III operating system (Release 1.0.0), it will have the System ill plug-in ROM assembly (part number 00095-60006). This assembly cannot be taken apart or serviced. If the assembly fails the ROM test, replace it .

• If the computer has the HP-UX System V operating system (Release 5.0 or higher), it will have a plug-in ROM assembly that can be taken apart and repaired. The current versions are the HP 82991A ROM Assembly and the HP 8299SA ROM Assembly. The assemblies have room for two PCAs: the operating system ROM peA and the option ROM peA (which mayor may not be present).

6.18.1 Removing the ROM As.embly To remove the plug-in ROM assembly, follow the procedure below.

CAUTION

Before installing or removing the plug-in ROM assembly, turn off the computer. Otherwise seri­ous damage to the unit may occur.

Use care when you install or remove the plug-in ROM assembly. Be sure that the assembly is right-side up (there are two guides on the bottom of the assembly) and that it is aligned properly before you try to insert it. The ROM connecting pins in the ROM receptacle are very easily damaged.

t. Tum off the computer.

2. Remove the ROM compartment door in the middle of the back of the computer by pushing the tabs at the top of the door toward the center.

" ~

'''UN .... Unlocking the ROM Door

Page 76: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

...... , ..... .--.. CeIIIputer

3. Remove the protective label that covers the ROM assembly (if present). The protecti'De label is lIteded only for the System III ROM assembly. The label is normally not present if the computer has the System V ROM assembly. When you Ilre reinstalling Il System V ROM assembly, you don't need the labtl.

4. If the computer has the System HI ROM assembl~ go to step 5. If it has the System V ROM assembly, go to step 7.

.. I,. .... III 110M .......... To unlock the ROM assembly, slide the metal tabs on each side to­ward the center of the assembly.

L Using the clear handles, carefully pull the ROM assembly out. Note that the bottom of the assem­bly is keyed.

Flgu,. 1-4011. ".moving S,.t .... III ROM Assembly

Page 77: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8-38 Removal and Replacement Int •• ,al Per .... 1 Compute,

7. Svat •• V ROil Removal. To unlock the ROM assembly, pullout the two black handles. Holding onto the black handles, carefully pull the assembly out. Note that the bottom of the assembly is keyed.

Flgur. 6-41. Removing the S,stem V ROM as.embly

R ••••• mbly Note: To reinstall the ROM assembly in the computer, make sure that the assembly is right-side up (the bottom of the assembly is keyed), then carefully plug it into the computer. Be careful not to bend the connector pins. Lock the ROM assembly in place, then reinstall the ROM door on the back panel of the computer.

8.18.2 Disassembling the System V ROM Assembly

To disassemble the System V ROM Assembly, follow these steps:

1. Remove the ROM assembly from the computer (refer to section 6.1~.1).

2. A tab at each corner of the bottom of the ROM case holds the cover on. To release the cover, depress each tab in turn with a small flat-bladed screwdriver while pulling on the cover (see figure 6-42). Once the four tabs are released, remove the cover (making sure the black handles are out).

Page 78: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

• ....,.. P ...... Compute, ....... .,.. ..... "epille""'" 8-3e

Figure fl.42. Retnoving tile ROM A ... mbly Cove,

3. There may be either one or two ROM peAs in the plug-in ROM assembly. The operating system PCA is at the bottom, and the option ROM peA (if present) is on top. The operating system ROM peA is the larger of the two. Remove the peAs from the assembly, handling them by the edges to avoid possible ESD damage.

4. If both PCAs are present, separate them by gently pulling them apart. They are held together by opposing connectors at each end. Note that the peAs can be connected together in only one way.

Figure 1-43. Sep.,atlnl the ROM peAs

.. Once you have serviced the ROM peAs, put them back together (if both are present). Note that the end connector pins may not go all the way into the receptacles .

•• Put the connected PCAs back into the ROM assembly with the operating system peA on the bottom. That's the only way they will fit in the container. The operating system peA is slightly larger and has rows of holes across the top and bottom. Position the reference hole (with a square around it) as shown in figure 6-44.

Page 79: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8-40 lIemova' and lI.pa.c ..... nt Int .. ,.' P.rsonal Comput.,

Figure 8·44. Reinstalled peAs

7. Pull the black handles out (if you have not already done so), then snap on the. assembly cover. Note that the keys on the cover and base must match.

8.16.3 Replacing the ROM Connector Pins

If a ROM connector pin in the ROM receptacle on the logic A PCA becomes bent or broken, it should be replaced. Follow these steps:

1. Remove the ROM assembly if one is installed (refer to section 6.16.1).

2. Remove the computer back case (refer to section 6.5).

3. Remove the logic A PCA (refer to section 6.7).

4. Release the plastic ROM guide by disengaging one at a time the two tabs that are inserted in the slots in the logic A PCA (use a flat bladed screwdriver). Press outwards from the inside of the ROM guide. Remove the ROM guide, but be careful not to bend the ROM connector pins. (If a bent pin prevents you from removing the guide, cut off the damaged pin.)

CAUTION

Do not install the plug-in ROM assembly if you have removed the guide assembly from the ROM receptacle on the logic A PCA. If you do, you may not be able to remove the ROM assembly.

5. Desolder and remove all damaged pins. It is easiest to replace two adjacent pins at a time, so you may need to remove one or more good pins as well.

I. Replacement pins are supplied as a strip connected by a rail. Simply cut the rail to remove a pair of pins, insert them in the PCA, and solder them in place as close to the proper alignment as possible. Do not break the rail off until you have finished aligning the pins.

7. Once soldered, apply the soldering iron to the solder again and, as the solder remelts, damp the pins to the adjacent good pins with needle-nose pliers t~ get the proper alignment. (See figure 6-45.)

Page 80: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.......... .,.,. ..... Cotnputer Remov .. and Replacement .... 1

L Remove the soldering iron and hold in place until the solder sets.

8. Once you are satisfied with the alignment of the pins, break off the rail to expose the tips of the new pins.

,.gu,. 8-45. Aligning the Pins

Page 81: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers
Page 82: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Chapter 7 Adjustments

The Integral PC does not require any spedal adjustments. All electronic adjustments are performed, if needed, as part of the troubleshooting procedures given in chapter 8. Printer-mechanism adjustments are covered. in chapter 6.

Page 83: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers
Page 84: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Chapter 8 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics

8.1 Introduction This chapter presents the troubleshooting procedures that you will use to test and repair the Integral PC. These procedures allow you to repair all failures at the assembly level and many failures at the cODlponent level. The procedures can be used to service an Integral PC with either the HP-UX System ill or the HP-UX System V operating system.

Troubleshooting is often begun by the customer, who has two diagnostic tools available: the tum-on self tests (provided by the operating system), and the customer diagnostic disc (provided with the computer). The owner's documentation tells the customer how to use these tests. The customer may comment on the results of these tests.

The troubleshooting procedures that you will use are based on additional, more extensive diagnostic tools. There are three diagnostic tools that you will use to troubleshoot the Integral PC:

• Turn-On Self "'8ta. The operating system provides diagnostic tests that automatically check the ROM and RAM when the computer is turned on.

• S.rvIce ROM T ..... The service ROM replaces the operating system ROM assembly in the ROM receptacle. The service ROM contains diagnostics that test most of the circuitry of the computer. When you turn on the computer with the service ROM installed, the sequence test is run automati· cally. Once the sequence test is completed, a function key menu appears. You can run an individual diagnostic test by pressing the desired function key.

• s.nIc. D ......... o Disc T ..... In order to test the plug-in ROM assembly, the' external I/O ports, and the built-in HP-IB interface, you will need to run the tests on the service diagnostic disc (FlP part number 00095-60969). This disc can be used with either the System III or System V op­erating system ROM.

For assembly-level repair, the diagnostic tests indicate a bad assembly. All failures can be repaired by replacing an assembly.

For component-level repair, the diagnostic tests indicate a bad component. However, the diagnostic tests support component-level repair for only certain selected components.

In addition to the diagnostic tests, there are optional procedures that allow you to do selected compo­nent-level repair of various assemblies.

8.2 Description of Diagnostics The, following paragraphs describe the diagnostic tests contained in the operating system ROM, the service ROM, and the service diagnostic disc.

Page 85: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8.2.1 Turn-On Self Teats

The operating system ROM provides self tests that run automatically whenever the computer is turned on with the operating system ROM installed. However, these self tests do not display any messages unless an error occurs. In this case an appropriate error message is displayed at the bottom of the copyright window. The following self tests are executed at turn on:

• The ROil Check-Sum Te.t. The operating system ROM has a check sum stored in its last four bytes. This test adds all of the bytes in the ROM (except f~r the last four bytes) and compares the sum with the check sum.

• Option.' ROM Ch ... ·Sum Test. This test checks to see if an optional ROM PCA is present. If one is found, a check-sum test is performed.

• RAil Te.t. This test checks the internal RAM and any external RAM modules found.

The self .tests simply indicate that a problem exists. To diagnose the problem further, use the service ROM and the service diagnostic disc as described in section 8.5.

8.2.2 Service ROM Diagnostic Tests The service ROM contains most of the diagnostic tests that you will need to troubleshoot the computer .

...... Service ROil ....... nce Test. When you turn on the computer with the service ROM installed, the service ROM sequence test runs automatically. The sequence test includes all of the following tests:

• Internal RAM Te.t. This test checks all RAM locations for address and data uniqueness. If an inter­nal RAM error occurs, an error message will identify the RAM Ie to replace (refer to section 8.2.4), the sequence test will stop, and no more tests can be run.

• IIIIU ,.. ... This test checks all functions of the MMU (memory management unit). If an MMU error occurs, the error message is displayed, the sequence test will stop, and no more tests can be run.

• Short Ke,b_reI Te.t. This test checks to see if a keyboard is plugged into one of the keyboard jacks and, if so, tests the keyboard. If no keyboard is connected to either jack, an error message is displayed.

• DI.pl.r/GPU Te.t. This test checks the display RAM and GPU, then presents a series of test pat­terns. These test patterns can be used to spot display faults.

• Flopp, Disc T •• t. This test checks the operation of the floppy disc drive. You must install a blank, formatted disc in the drive before this test is run. If you do not, an error message will be displayed. Note that any data or programs on this disc will be lost.

• RTe T .... This test checks the real-time clock.

• Ixternal RAil T .... This test searches for an external RAM module, then checks the operation of the module and, indirectly, the I/O port in which it is installed. The test reports the number of 1<­bytes of RAM contained in the module, then runs a module diagnostic test and reports whether the module passed or failed the test.

In testing the computer, this test is used to check the data and address lines of each I/O port. The test is run with a known-good RAM module installed first in port A, then in port a, before the power is turned on. Always turn off the power before installing or removing a module in an I/O port. If an error message occurs, it indicates a failure of the I/O bus or a portion of the logic circuitry since the RAM module is known to be good.

Page 86: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

• ..... k.r Test. This test checks the speaker by outputting an ascending musical scale. If you do not hear the notes, the speaker (or its associated circuitry) is bad.

• Short HP·I. ". ... This test checks the built-in HP-IB interface.

• Short Printer T •• t. This test checks the printer control circuitry and prints three lines. H the test is passed, the printer will output the results of all tests in the sequence.

During the sequence test messages are displayed and printed to indicate which tests have been passed or failed. Once the display /GPU test is done, you can halt the sequence test if desired by pressing any key.

When the sequence test is completed, a function key menu appears. You can repeat any individual test by pressing the appropriate function key. In addition, there is a function key that allows you to repeat the entire sequence test, and there are function keys for three extended tests (refer to 'Service ROM Extended Tests' below).

ContiMlou.llocI •• You can run each of the tests in continuous mode (except the complete keyboard test, described below). Press the ( Shift) key and the appropriate function key. The test will run and repeat continuously. You can exit any test (except the complete keyboard test) by pressing (ESC ).

Servic. ROIl Ext.nded T •• t •• The service ROM provides three extended tests: the printer test, the complete keyboard test, and continuous HP-IB test.

Not •• The printer test and the complete keyboard test must be run to completely evaluate the computer. The continuous HP-IB test is used for component-level HP-IB troubleshooting if the short HP-IB test or the service diagnostic disc HP-IB test indicates an HP-[B failure.

• Printer T •• t. This test prints a page using various character sets and print pitches that you can analyze for consistency and uniformity.

You can also run this test with the operating system installed by pressing and holding the LF (line­feed) button while you turn on the power, then releasing the button.

• COmplet. K.,......,. T .... This test checks both HP-HIL loops. The test searches for a keyboard, tests the loop to which the keyboard is connected, then gives you 10 seconds to unplug the key­board and connect it to the other loop. At the end of this period, the other loop is tested.

After both loops have passed the test, a representation of the keyboard is displayed. You can then test each key. When you press a key, its outline changes to black if the key is good. Pressing the same key repeatedly toggles the key outline from amber to bla.ck and back again. Blacken all keys to complete the test. (You can execute this test easily by running your finger quickly along each row of keys.) After all keys have been blackened. the display will flash and t~e speaker will beep. While the keyboard outline is displayed, you can exit the test if d~ired by pressing ( CTRL )@).

• Contln __ HP·I. T •• t. This test, like the other continuous tests, is started by pressing the ( Shift )

key and the function key at the same time. However, this test (unlike the short HP-IB test) outputs alternate highs and lows to certain pins in the built-in HP-IB connector. You can check the output using an oscilloscope or logic probe.

Page 87: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Int..,. ............ Co.......-r

8.2.3 Service Diagnostic Disc Tests

The service diagnostic disc (HP part number 00095-60969) provides the following tests:

• ROM T.st. For the HP-UX System m ROM assembly, a check-sum test is performed and a message indicates whether the ROM assembly passed or failed the test.

For the HP-UX System V ROM assembly, a check-sum test is performed and a message indicates whether the ROM assembly passed or failed. If the ROM assembly· failed the overall test, a check­sum test is done individually for each ROM IC on the operating system PCA. If the ROM assembly contains an option ROM PCA, each ROM on that PCA is also tested. If a ROM IC on either PCA fails the test, an error message identifies it.

• 1/0 DI •• nostic T ..... You can test an I/O interface by pressing the appropriate function key. Refer to the Integral PC Interface and Memory Module Assembly-Level Seroice Manual for the troubleshoot­ing procedures.

• Bus Ix,.""" Test. You can also use the service diagnostiC disc to test the HP 82904A Bus Expan­der. Refer to the HP 82904A Bus Expander Service Manual.

The procedures in this chapter use the ROM test plus two of the I/O diagnostic tests: the serial inter­face test and the HP-IB interface test.

The serial interface test performs a functional check of an HP 82919A Serial Interface installed in one of the I/O ports and, indirectly, of the I/O port itself. In this manual the test is used with a known­good serial interface to test the intemlpt lines for port A and port B. To complete this test, the serial interface must be installed in the computer, and a 82919·60903 Serial Test Connector must be in­stalled in the interface before the computer is turned on.

The HP·IB test performs a complete functional check of the built-in Hp·IB of the Integral PC and of an external HP-IB interface plugged into an I/O port. In this manual the test is used to check the built-in HP-IB using a known-good HP 82998A HP-IB Interface. To perform the test you need to do the following before you tum on the computer: install the I/O port exten~er (00095-60902) in an external I/O port, install the HP 82998A HP-IB Interface in the port extender, and connect the the interface to the built-in HP-IB with an HP 82977 A/B HP-IB Cable.

Note. The current service diagnostic disc (HP part number 00095-60969) can be used to test an Integral PC equipped with either the HP-UX System III or System V operating system. The earlier I/O diagnostic disc (HP part number 00095-60942) cannot be used with System V.

8.2.4 Error Number Interpretation

The service ROM and service diagnostic disc return two kinds of error messages:

• Error messages that describe the problem (for example: *** ERROR -The external RRM failed).

• Error numbers (for example, *** ERROR - 120).

Page 88: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integ,a .......... Computer

U an error message gives a number, it will be a three-digit number identifying an integrated circuit to be replaced. The first digit identifies the printed circuit assembly on which the Ie is located:

• 1 indicates the logic A PCA.

• 2 indicates the logic B peA.

• 3 indicates the operating system ROM PCA (System V only).

• 4 indicates the option ROM peA (System V only).

The operating system ROM peA and the option ROM peA (if present) are located in the System V plug-in ROM assembly.

The last two digits in the three-digit error number identify the specific Ie that is defective. For exam­ple, * * * ERR 0 R - 12 e means that U20 on the logic A peA is defective, while * * * ERR 0 R -2 e 1 means that Ul on the logic B peA is defective. The ROM test on the service diagnostic disc returns errors like *** ERROR - 304 (U4 on the operating system ROM peA is defective).

8.3 Safety Considerations To insure safety while you disassemble the computer you should disconnect the power cord (refer to chapter 6). However, you will need to reconnect the power in order to troubleshoot the computer. Observe the following precautions:

• There are life thTf!lItening ooltllges present in the primary cirCUitry of the power supply at all times when the line cord is connected, even though the power switch is off. Use extreme care whenever you ~bleshoot the computer with the power supply cover removed.

• Use only an isolated or battery-powered voltmeter when testing the power supply primary circuit.

You should also observe the ESD (electrostatic discharge) precautions given in chapter 6.

8.4 Required Tools and Equipment Table 8-1 lists the tools and test equipment that you will need to troubleshoot and repair the computer.

,.. .... "1. Receuirecl Tool •

............. , a.scrlptlon

8710-1426 Torx kit

8710-1284 T-IO angle driver

8710-1220 5.5-mm nut driver

8710-0797 'hz-in. nut driver

00095-60901 Power supply test tool

00095-60007 Harness, power-cable

00095-60925 Service ROM

00095-60969 Service diagnostic disc

Page 89: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Ta .... 8-1. R .... d Tool. (ContInued)

P .. Numb., Description

HP 82916A/25A/27 A Memory module (1M byte/256K byte/512K byte), only one needed.

HP 82919A Serial interface

82919-60903 Serial test connector

HP 82998A HP-IB interface

HP 82977A/B HP-IB cable

00095-60902 I/O port extender

HP 3469B· Multimeter, or equivalent

Oscilloscope

Logic probe

Frequency counter (preferably six significant digits)

Soldering iron

Oesoldering tool

• The HP 500SA Signature Multimeter is recommended. You can use this instrument in place of the multimeter. logic probe. and frequency counter listed above.

8.5 Main Diagnostic Procedure To check out a unit prior to repair, follow the problem analysis steps in section 8.5.1, then do the turn­on self tests (section 8.5.2), the service ROM tests (section 8.5.3), and the service diagnostic disc tests (section 8.5.4). Once you have identified the problem, repair the computer using the repair procedures in section 8.6, then verify the repair by repeating the appropriate tests. (For a good unit, you'll proceed through the entire main sequence without branching to any of the repair procedures.)

Once you have repaired the computer and verified the repair, perform a complete functional verification of the computer following the procedure in section 8.5.5.

CAUTION

Whenever you open up the computer, wear a grounded wrist strap and work at a bench that is electrostatically protected. Refer to 'ESD Considerations' in chapter 6. Many components are highly susceptible to damage by electrostatic discharge.

Page 90: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

FlgW'e 8-1 provides an overview of the Integral PC troubleshooting procedure:

.J ............ .,1 l T .......

TURN-ON PROBLEMS I IYaTD CLaacal

MAIN IT ........

DIAGNOSTIC TABLE B-2 PROCEDURE

I INTINUIT I lETt .. '.1 I

CIRCUITRY TA8I.I ... 24

--------PROBLEM

ANALYSIS I MIll

1 .eT1GN ••••• l T ....... a

-------- I IMI

I TUAN-oN l TAILE ....

SELF TESTS

IICTJDN '.15 •• I ICEYIOAAO

1 I T ...... 7

J DI ..... AY 1 I T ... I ....

SERVICE I aIle DRIYE I RaM TESTS I TA&.£ I-a

SECTION '.1.3

.J ATC 1 -I T ... I "to

I T=:'U] JrUNCTIONAL I

VIRIP'ICATION

ACTION '.1.1 I .... 1. I I TALI "'tl

.J MINTDI 1 I TABLI I-ta

I 1/0 CIRCUITRYI --.;.t TA8LI ... 1II

- SERVICE DIAGNOSTIC - .. I

u .. ':* 1-11 1 DISC TESTS I IICTIDN '.1.4

'Ig ..... "1. Troubl .... ootlng Ow_vi ••

Page 91: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

... Troubl ...... t ..... and DI .. no .....

8.1.1 Problem Analysis 1. R.ad Comm.nts. Determine the customer's concern, if possible. Frequently the customer in­

cludes with the computer a message desaibing the problem.

• If the message indicates a problem with a particular section of the computer, you may need to test only that section. However, you should do a complete verification of the computer after you have repaired it.

• If the message indicates a problem with a peripheral (rather than with the computer itself), test the Integral PC I/O circuitry and the corresponding interface. You also need to test the periph­eral (refer to its service manual).

2. Ob.erve Symptom •• If possible, try to observe the trouble by duplicating the situation described. Determine how the observed or reported behavior diffelS from the proper behavior. (Also take note of functions that work properly.) You may' want to run the tests of the customer diagnostic disc to verify a reported error condition.

3. .. , .... t. Probl.ms. Separate the symptoms into distinct problems. Use the troubleshooting pro­cedure below to correct one problem at a time, starting with the more critical system functions.

4. Consider C.u •••. Consider possible causes (or each problem. Keep them in mind as you perform the troubleshooting procedure.

8.1.2 Turn-On Self Tests

Prepare the computer as described in chapter 3, then turn on the power. The normal power-on se­quence is as follows:

• The disc drive light blinks.

• The yellow attention LED on the printer switch panel blinks twice.

• The display lights up.

• The printhead sweeps twice and stops at the home position .

.. • The IICOpyright window' appealS at the bottom of the display after several seconds.

The turn-on self tests run automatically whenever the power is turned on with the operating system installed. An error message will be displayed· in the copyright window if any self test is failed. If the copyright window shows no error messages, all of the self tests were passed.

If the computer does not appear to come on when you tum on the power (if you see no display activity within 20 seconds), follow the procedure given in table 8-2, lurn-On Problems.-

Not •• An interface or memory module installed in an external I/O port may prevent the com­puter from turning on. If the customer has sent any interfaces or memory modules with the unit, try the turn-on self test first with them installed. If the computer doesn't turn on cor­rectly, remove the interfaces or modules one at a time (always turn off the power before removal), repeating the turn-on test after each removal. If the computer turns on correctly, troubleshoot the interface or memory module that you have just removed.

Page 92: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

• .....,.. ......... GoInpuI- Trou ........... n •• nd Dhlenoatlos ...

8.5.3 Service ROM Tests

Now run the service ROM tests as follows:

CAmoN

Before installing or removing the service ROM aaeembly, tum off the computer. Otherwise seri­ous damage to the unit may occur.

Use care when you install or remove the ROM assembly. Be sure that the assembly is right-side up (there are two guides on the bottom of the assembly) and that it is aligned properly be(ore you try to insert it. The ROM connecting pins in the ROM receptacle are very easily damaged.

1. ........110 .. Turn off the computer and ctisconnect it from the power.

2. Remove the ROM door from the back of the computer, remove the operating system ROM assem­bly, and install the service ROM assembly.

3. Remove the customer's interfaces and memory modules, and install a known-good RAM module in port A.

4. Reconnect the power to the computer.

S. Insert a formatted floppy disc into the disc drive. Do not use a disc that contains useful data. Any data on the disc will be destroyed during the test.

L _ ........ Teat. Tum on the computer. After power up, the service ROM sequence test runs automatically. This test checks the following cirQIits:

• Internal RAM.

• MMU (memory management unit).

• Keyboard (short test).

• Display /GPU. (If there is a GPU failure, the speaker will output a descending musical scale.) Watch the series of patterns to check for display problems.

• Floppy disc drive.

• RTe (real-time clock). .

• External RAM. (Since the RAM module is known to be good, this test indicates whether the port A I/O bus data and address lines are good.)

• Speaker. An ascending musical scale is output to verify speaker operation.

• Internal HP-IB (short test).

• Printer (short test).

Refer to section 8.2.2 for a description of these tests. An appropriate message will be displayed after each test is passed. If a test is failed, an error message will be displayed. After the internal RAM, MMU, keyboard, and display/CPU tests are done, you can halt the sequence test by press­ing any key.

Page 93: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. 10 Troultlesllooti ... and DI .. noatica

7. When the sequence test is completed or halted, the following function key menu is displayed. (The data displayed at the top of the screen will be different if an error occurs or the test is halted.)

51Zl< ·:·f ir.( .... I'ill ~.t Inte,."'.l ~'Afo! .. "~I •• j. HMIJ ~."·oiId . .. ....ao ... o l:'al"%4td. cpu ancI d~ ... I .... '~~".=", fr·." "' ..... «1. -=-,.1nt.,. PUSoIQ. due P ... ftC:I. !PEAL. flME' CLOCt PU.+:I •

• 2!6IC RAM o::rcl '''' pOP't fI I ... ~l Ib1M I>t:sseu.

t •• , <=_1.1., l ( wow he..-d • _Iell scal. I t PH_eel. 1OP-18 PU .. :t.

Figure 8·2. Function Key Menu

L If any test gives you an error message, repeat that test. You can repeat an individual test or restart the sequence test by pressing the appropriate function key. Press the _ (@) key to switch to the second menu:

Figure 8-3. Second 'unction Key Menu

I. Complete KeybNIrd Test. Press (@ on the first menu) to run this test. The test will locate the keyboard, identify the loop on which it was found, then prompt you to move the keyboard plug to the other jack. When the keyboard outline is displayed, press each key until the whole outline is blackened. (Each key will toggle between amber and black when pressed repeatedly.) Note any key that does not work.

Page 94: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

... t ............... COllI"""

10. ........ T •• t. Press (00 on the first menu) to run this test. The test checks the printer control circuitry, then causes the printer to print a one-page test pattern. Inspect the test pattern for any printer problems.

After the printer test is completed, check the operation of the line-feed (LF), form-feed (FF), and top-of-form (the white button) switches on the printer switch panel. Refer to table 8-14 (steps 7, 11, and 13) for the procedure.

11. IIAII Test (Port 81. Thm the computer off: Remove the RAM module from port A and install it in port B. 1hrn the computer back on. The sequence test will begin. Press any key to stop the se­quence after the display test is done. Press _ (@), then press (@) to test the data and address lines of I/O port B.

Note. If an external RAM error is indicated for either I/O port, troubleshoot the I/O circuitry as desaibed in table 8-25.

12. Take the appropriate action according to the results of the tests:

• If any service ROM test returns an error message, repair the computer follOwing the appropri­ate service procedure in section 8.6. Table 10-6Iists.the error messages generated by the service ROM, and gives the table number of the appropriate service procedure for each. After you have repaired the computer, verify its operation following the steps in section 8.5.5, "Functional Verification. "

• H the service ROM tests have all been passed, perform the service diagnostic disc tests in the following section.

8.5.4 Service Diagnostic Disc Tests

You can use the service diagnostic disc (HP part number 00095 .. 60969) to diagnose an Integral PC equipped with either HP-UX System III or HP-UX System V. To determine which operating system the computer has, tum on the computer. The release number of the operating system will appear in the copyright window: HP-UX RO." Re 1 ease 1.0.0 indicates System III, and HP-UX RO/ Re 1 ease 5.0 indicates System V.

Note. If the computer will not tum on, refer to section 6.16 to identify the ROM assembly.

To run the service diagnostic disc tests, follow these steps:

1. ...,.,.tlon. Tum off the computer. Remove the RAM module and install a known good HP 82919A Serial Interface in I/O port A. Insert the serial interface test connector (HP part num­ber 82919-60903) in the interface.

2. Insert the service diagnostic disc and tum on the computer. Wait until the P.A.M. window ap­pears, select the ·Service' program (use the cursor-control keys if necessary), press •• ," (aD), then press _ (Qi).

3. ROM T .... Press _ (@). The second function key menu will be displayed. Press _ (@) to run the ROM test.

Page 95: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8-1'2 Troubl •• lIoetln ...... DI ........ _

4. U the computer has HP-UX System III installed, the ROM test indicates only whether the entire ROM assembly passed or failed the check-sum test. If a ROM failure is indicated for the System m ROM assembly, replace it.

If the computer has HP-UX System V installed, the ROM test will check each ROM IC on the operating system ROM PCA and on the option ROM PCA (if one is present). If there is a ROM failure, an error message will identify the failed ROM IC. Repair the assembly as described in table 8-26.

If the ROM test is passed, press _ (@) to return to the menu.

L .erI., Intert •• Test. To test the port A intemlpt lines, run the serial interface test (be sure to use a known-good serial interface). Press _ (@) to return to the first menu, then press .; (@) to start the test.

I. Normally, the follOwing series of messages will be displayed:

Serial card found in port A Th. serial card passed Continuous loop mod. Numb.r of passes: xx

The test will repeat continuously until either the power is turned off or a failure occurs. If an error message is displayed, troubleshoot the [/0 circuitry following the procedure in table 8-25. If no error message appears after two passes, go on to step 7.

7. Remove the service diagnostic disc and turn off the computer.

L Remove the serial interface from port A and install it in port B.

I. Reinsert the disc and turn on the computer. Wait until the P.A.M. window appears, select the . ·Service' program, press _,a, (QD), then press _ (OD).

10. Repeat the serial interface test (steps 5 and 6 above) for port B.

11. Remove the disc and turn off the computer.

12. Remove the serial interface from port B. [nstall a known-good HP 82998A HP-IB Interface using the port ext~nder so that you will have access to the switches on the peA. Put the jumper in the system controller position and set the switches as follows: S 1 == 1, S2:11 0, S3 == I, S4 == 0, and S5 =- 1. Connect the external HP-IB to the built-in HP-IB using an HP 82977 A/B HP-IB cable.

13. Reinsert the disc and turn on the computer. Wait until the P.A.M. window appears, select the ·Service' program, press .a,. (QD), then press _ (CID).

14. HPei. T •• t. Now run the HP-IB test to check the built .. in HP-IB. Press the "." (@) key to start the test. As the test runs, the program will prompt you to move the system controller/non­system controller jumper, and to change switch settings. In each case, do as asked, then press (Return 1. The test will continue cycling until an error occurs or the power is turned off. Remove the disc and turn off the computer after two passes if no error message' appears.

Note: If you suspect a problem with the external HP-IB interface (for example, a failed switch or jumper), troubleshoot the interface (refer to the Integral Personal Computer Interface and Memory Module Assembly-Level Service Manual).

Page 96: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

................... Comput., TrouIaI .................... atI. 8·13

is. U an HP-IB problem is indicated, troubleshoot the built-in HP-IB following the procedures in table 8-12.

If no trouble with the computer is found by the turn-on self tests, the service ROM tests, or the service diagnostic disc tests, look again at the customer's comments.

• If the customer has indicated a problem with a peripheral, test the peripheral and the interface us~ to connect it. (Refer to the peripheral service manual and the Integral PC Interface and Memory Module Assembly-Level Service Manual).

• If the customer has indicated an external RAM problem, test the RAM module (refer to the Integral PC Interface and Memory Module Assembly-Level StrVice Manual).

• If the customer has indicated a problem that may be intermittent, try letting the unit run for a while, then repeat the tests. It may be helpful to run the applicable test in continuous mode. You may also want to try heating the circuitry with a heat gun and cooling it with freon.

8.1.5 Functional Verification

Once you have repaired the computer and you have verified the repair, you should perform a com­plete functional verification of the computer.

Note. If you have disassembled the computer so that the logic B peA is accessible, it is a good idea to check the voltage of the real-time clock battery (BTl on the logic B peA) before reas­sembling the computer. TIm step is optional (refer to table 8-10).

Reassemble the computer, then perform the verification as follows:

t. Run the tum-on self tests in section 8.5.2.

I. Run the service ROM tests in section 8.5.3.

3. Run the service diagnostic disc tests in section 8.5.4.

8.6 Troubleshooting and Repair The following tables describe the procedures for troubleshooting and repairing specific sections of the computer. Perform the diagnostic tests in section 8.5 to determine which section of the computer is not working correctly, then go to the appropriate table in this section. Tables 10-5, 10-6, and 10-7 list the error messages that you may encounter, and identify the corresponding repair tables.

Page 97: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8-14 Troubl ....................... ..

,.... 1-1. 'ftIrn-On Probl ....

If the computer does not appear to come on when you tum on the power (if you see no display activity within 20 seconds), follow the turn-on analysis' procedure in this table. Make sure that the computer is set to the correct line voltage and is connected to an active electrical outlet.

The procedure assumes that no interfaces or memory modules are installed in the external I/O ports. An interface can cause interrupt problems that may prevent the computer from turning on. H you find that the computer will not turn on with an interface installed, but operates normally without the interface, troubleshoot the interface.

Note: The following procedure assumes that (initially) the operating system ROM is in­stalled in the computer.

IS P'\MI GOOD?

IS THEM DISC DAIYE AND "'INTER ACTIVITY

IS 'OWIA S""'-Y OK?

~DOU

NOT lU'N ON

CCRIICTLY ........... _-

NO

YERI'Y ~R

~Y

(TAILII ... 3J

NO 0011 COMPUTER AlPLACE 'USE TI.JI'N ON .. ITHCIUT

TME KEYtIOAAO?

YEI TRCIUBLEa«XlT

THE DISPLAY

(TAIL!! .... ,

DOES COMPUTER TUAN-ON iliUM .RYICE ROM?

NO .... AIR POICR SUfIfIt. y

OISCOMECT KI!Y.oAAD

NO

NMOYE O.S.ROM I ... TALL

HAYICE ROM

"€1

REIlt.ACI!

O.S. ROM .. PEAT TESTS

Flgur ....... Turn-On Anal,s-. Flow CIuIrt

YES AEPLACE

ICEYIIQAIIIO

TAOUa.ESHOOT NO SYITD4 Cl.OCKS

lUlU '-131 AM) IN'r!MUtT

CIACUJTRV ITA8LI •• ,.)

Page 98: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

~ .......... _d DI_ostIca 8-18

..... I .. ....... 1. l\un off the computer and check the fuse. If the fuse is bad, replace it, then go to step 2.

If the fuse is good, go on to step 2.

I. lltrn on the computer. If there is no display activity, but the disc drive light blinks and the printer goes through its homing cycle, a display problem is probable. Troubleshoot the display following the proce­dure in table 8-8.

3. Verify power supply operation as described in table 8-3.

4. Thrn off the computer, disconnect the key­board, then repeat the turn-on tests.

s. Tum off the computer. Remove the operat­ing system ROM assembly and install the service ROM assembly. Turn on the computer.

Nate. If the display shows only a blank raster pattern, there may be a ROM problem. See step 5.

If there is no power-up activity at ail (no dis­play, printer, or disc drive activity), or if the fuse blows, go on to step 3.

If the power supply is not working correctly, re­pair it, then proceed with the diagnostic tests in section 8.5.

If the power supply is working correctly, go on to step 4.

If the computer now turns on correctly, the key­board is probably causing an interrupt probJem. (The power-up cycle takes more time without the keyboard.) Replace the keyboard assembly, then proceed with the diagnostic tests of sec­tion 8.5.

H the computer still does not power up correctly, tum off the power, reconnect the keyboard, and go on to step 5.

If the computer does not turn on with the ser­vice ROM installed, troubleshoot the system clocks (table 8-23), then look for interrupt prob­lems (table 8-24).

If the service ROM sequence test runs normally and displays messages, the operating system ROM may be bad:

• If the original ROM assembly contains HP-UX System III (Release 1.0.0), replace the ROM assembly.

• If the original ROM assembly contains HP-UX System V (Release 5.0), remove the option ROM peA (if present) and repeat the turn-on test. If the computer turns on correctly with just the operating system ROM peA in­stalJed, replace the option ROM peA. If the operating system ROM alone prevents the computer from turning on, replace the operat­ing system ROM peA.

Page 99: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8·18 Troult •• ahootlng and D ......... cs .................. Comput.

TIl .... 8-3. Power-Supply Verification

If the computer does not tum on, use the procedure of table 8-2 to eliminate the possible causes. If the power supply appears to be at fault, use this procedure to verify its operation.

_RMING

Life-threatening voltages are present in the power suppl}' when the ac power cord is plugged in. The primary circuitry is live even whtn tht power switch is turned off. Use extreme caution when you are servicing the power supply.

All voltage measurements made on the primary side of the power-supply circuit must be made with an isolated or battery-powered test instrument. If you fail to observe this precaution, the equipment may be damaged, and you may be exposed to shock hazard, since the primary circuit is not isolated from the ac power line.

Itep

1. Tum the power switch off. Check that the power supply voltage-select switch is set at the proper voltage and that the fuse is good. Check that line voltage is present at the power outlet and that the power cord is in­stalled correctly.

2. If any interfaces or peripherals are con­nected to the computer, disconnect them. Tum on the power to verify that the turn-on problem was not caused by the external devices.

3. Turn off the power. Remove the back case from the computer (refer to section 6.5), re­move the logic A peA shield, and lower the logic PCA mounting panel (refer to section 6.8).

4. Disconnect the power-cable harness from the logic A peA, the logic B PCA, and the disc drive.

I Respon ..

If the unit does not turn on, go to step 3.

If the unit does tum on, reconnect the interfaces and peripherals one at a time until the unit does not turn on. Repair any interface or peripheral that prevents the computer from turning on (re­fer to the appropriate service manual).

CAUTION

Be sure to plug the power-supply test tool into the logic B connector on the power-cable harness only. If you plug the tool into the logic A connector, serious damage to the unit may result.

Make sure that the power supply test tool does not contact the metal chassis. A short circuit may result in damage to the test tool and power supply.

Page 100: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

................ 00 ... ., Troub ••• hootlng and Dlae-tica 8-17

,.. .... 8-3. Power-Sup pi, VerHIc.tlon CContinueclJ

step

s. Plug the power supply test tool into the power-cable harness in place of the logic B PCA. The power supply test setup should now look like figure 8-5.

""

" •• e 8·5. Power Suppl, Tnt Setup

.. Switch on the power.

7. Measure the voltages on the test tool. Check each voltage against the specifications below.

Nomina' Yolta ••

+5 Vdc

+12 Vdc

-12 Vdc

+15 Vdc

+18 Vdc

PO

If any of the voltages are not within the speci­fied range, go to table 8-4 for repair instructions.

If all of the voltages are within range, go to step 8.

Allowable Range

4.75V to S.25V (5.1 V nominal)

11.4V to 12.6V

-11.4V to -12.6V

14.25V to 15.75V

26 V to 30V under test load·

4.7SV to 5.25Vt

• The + 18 Vdc output is not regulated. When the display is connected (through the logic B peA), the voltage is typically 21 Vdc. and should be in the range 18 to 22 Vdc. Without the display load. the voltage floats to 26-30 Vdc.

t There is a delay of approximately two seconds after the power is turned on (depending on the line voltage) before the PO voltage is present.

Page 101: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. 18 Troubl •• hoot .................... . .................... eo ....... r

,..... 84. Po ..... SUppl, VerItIutlon (Coldinuedt

Step

I. If the power supply functions eottectly by itself, but you still have a tum-on problem, the voltages may be affected by the other circuitry of the computer. For example, there may be a short circuit or an excessive load on a component. To isolate the problem, re­connect the circuits to the power supply following steps 9 through 16. In tach of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable, or replace a component.

I. 'fum off the power. Reconnect the power­cable harness to the logic A PCA (leave the power supply test tool connected).

f o. Turn on the power and measure the volt­ages on the test tool as in step 7 above.

f f. Disconnect, each in turn, the following components from the logic A PCA: the key­board, the I/O backplane PCA, and the keyboard-connector assembly. After remov­ing each component, turn on the power and measure the voltages on the test tool as in step 7.

J 1Ie.ltlngAction

If the voltages are all within specification, go to step 13.

If any of the voltages are out of specification, or if the fuse blows, the problem is on the logic A peA, the keyboard assembly, the I/O backplane PCA, the keyboard-connector assembly, or the ROM assembly. Proceed with step 11.

If the voltages are in specification after one of the components is disconnected, troubleshoot or replace that component (or its corresponding cable).

If the voltages are still not within specification, or if the fuse blows, go on to step 12.

Page 102: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

TN_ ... hootIng .............. 11_ 8-18

TIIIIIe "3. """"Iupplf VertftCldlon (Continued)

1 L Remove the plug-in ROM assembly, turn on the power, and measure the voltages on the test tool as in step 7.

13. Reconnect the power-cable harness to the disc drive, then turn on the power. Check the voltages at the power supply test tool as in step 7 above.

14. Remove the power supply test tool, recon­nect the power-cable harness to the logic B PCA.

I The display will show only a blank raster pat­tern without the ROM, but you can check the pO'Wer supply voltages. If the voltages are still not within specification or if the fuse blows, troubleshoot or replace the logic A peA.

If the voltages are now within specification, the problem is in the plug-in ROM assembly:

• For a System III ROM assembly, replace the whole assembly.

• For a System V ROM assembly that contains no option ROM peA, replace the operating system ROM peA.

• For a System V ROM assembly that contains an option ROM peA, remove the option ROM peA and turn on the computer with just the operating system ROM peA in­stalled. If the voltages now check good, replace the option ROM PCA. If the voltages are still bad or if the fuse blows, replace the operating system ROM peA.

[f the voltages are all within specification, go to step 14.

If any of the voltages are out of range, or if the fuse blows, replace the disc drive.

Page 103: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.... Troulliealtootlng .. 11 DI ... MtIea

Tale 8-3. Power-Supply Verlflution (Continued)

'tep

11. Tum on the power. Measure the voltages on the power-cable harness at connector }12 on the logic B peA.

11. Disconnect, each in tum, the following components from the logic B PeA: the disc drive, the HP-IB ribbon cable, the printer (six cables), the fan, and the display. Repeat the test of step 15 after disconnecting each component.

1 ............ &oIIon

The voltages at' connector J12 are as follows (pin 1 is marked with a square indicator):

Pins 1 &: 2: +5 Vdc (4.75V to 5.2SV) Pins 3 &: 4: ground Pin 5: + 12 Vdc (11.4V to 12.6V) Pin 6: + 15 Vdc (14.2SV to 15.75V) Pin 7: + 18 Vdc (18V to 22V with the display connected)· Pin 8: no connection Pin 9: l~ ground Pin 10: PO (4.75V to 5.2SV after two seconds)

If any of the voltages are out of specification or if the fuse blows, the problem may be in the logic B peA, or it may be in one of the compo­nents connected to it. Proceed with step 16.

If the voltages are in specification after one of the components is disconnected, troubleshoot or replace that component (or its corresponding cable).

If any of the voltages are out of Specification or the fuse blows after all of the components are disconnected, troubleshoot or replace the logic B PCA.

• Once the display is disconnected, the voltage at pin 7 will ftoat to 26-30 Vdc.

Page 104: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.............. _IConap ... '

Use this table to repair the power supply. If more than one component is listed as a potential problem source, replace the components one at a time in the order shown. Always turn off the power

. before you con~ct or disconnect a cable",. rqlace a component. After you have replaced each compo­nent, verify the power supply output voltages (step 7 of table 8-3) to see if the problem is corrected. You will find the component-location diagram in chapter 12 helpful in locating components on the PCA.

.......... ...... ,. ~ .. ..,. ,

ocac ............ :, .---­¥&~ .....

.TO ............ ...... .,. ..,..... .

00 TO If..,..,

'11.e .... Po .... uppl' R .... lr Ilmpilfied Flow CIuIrt

Page 105: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. 22 Troubleahootlng and Diagnostics Integral ........... c.nputer

Tabl. 8-4. Po ....... upply II • ...., (Conti ...... )

_RNING

Life-threatening voltages are present in the power supply when the ac power cord is plugged in. The primary circuitry is live even when the power switch is turned off. Use extreme caution when you are servicing the power supply.

All voltage measurements made on the primary side of the power-supply circuit must be made with an isolated or battery-powered test instrument. If you fail to observe this precaution, the equipment may be damaged, and you may be exposed to shock hazard, since the primary circuit is not isolated from the ac power line.

CAUTION

Be sure to plug the power-supply test tool into the logic B connector on the power-cable harness only. If you plug the tool into the logic A connector, serious damage to the unit may result.

It.p

1. Tum off the computer and remove the line cord.

2. Remove the base assembly from the com­puter (refer to section 6.12).

3. Remove the ac line filter and the power­supply PCA (as a unit) from the base assembly. (You don't need to disconnect the line filter from the PCA.)

4. Visually inspect the PCA for damaged components.

L Check for reversed polarity electrolytic ca­pacitors. (If the polarity is reversed, the circuit could still work for a while.)

.. Place the line filter and power-supply on a non-conductive bench. Connect a voltmeter (set to the appropriate ac voltage scale) to J1 and J2 on the power-supply PCA.

7. Make sure that the power switch, 51, is in the OFF (out) position.

.. Plug a line cord into the line filter recepta­cle, then into an ac power outlet. Measure the voltage across Jl and J2 (the line-filter output voltage) with 51 still in the OFF position.

I 1I ...... ln9 Action

If the voltage is not the same as the input ac line voltage, replace the line filter.

If the voltage is the same as the line voltage, un­plug the power cord from the ac outlet and go on to step 9.

Page 106: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

..................... Computer

Table 8-4. Powe,.Suppl, Repair (Continued)

step

I. Connect a known-good power-cable har­ness to the power supply. Plug the power supply test tool into the logic B PCA connec­tor on the power-cable harness (refer to . figure 6-32). Make sure that you do not plug the test tool into the logic A PCA connector, as serious damage will Ttsult. The completed re­pair setup should be as shown in figure 8-7.

Re .. ttlng Action

Figure "7. Power Supply Rep.ir Setup

10. Check that the ac line voltage-selector switch is in the correct position and that the fuse is good.

Note. If 230 Vac line voltage is applied with the selector switch in the 115 Vac position, the fuse will blow.

11. Verify that the power switch (on the power supply peA) is in the OFF (out) position.

12. Reconnect the line cord to an ac power outlet.

Page 107: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. 24 Trou .. I .......... and DI-.noatlca Int .. '" .......... Computw

........ 1-4. Pow_-Suppl, R ..... ' IContinueel)

ltep

13. Switch the power on.

14. Switch the power quickly on and off.

tl~ Check all voltages on the power supply test tool (refer to table 8-3, step 7).

S,mptom t:

I •• sutu... Action

If the fuse blows, replace it, and go to step 14.

If the fuse does not blow, go to step 15.

If the fuse blows immediately, replace it, and go to symptom 2, step 1.

If the fuse blows after a second or two, replace it, and go to symptom 2, step 6.

If the power supply does not turn on (no volt­ages are present), go to symptom 1 below.

If the power supply starts, but one or more volt­ages are not present or are out of range, go to symptom 4.

If all of the voltages are now within specifica­tion, but they were not during power supply verification (step 7 of table 8-3), check the origi­nal power-cable harness for opens and shorts. Replace if necessary.

The' fuse does not blow and the power supply does not turn on.

It.p

1. Measure the de high voltage aaoss the un­common ends of R6 and R7. This voltage should be in the range 235 to 375 Vd~, de­pending on the ac line voltage.

2. Remeasure the voltage across R6 and R7.

I "suiting Action

If the dc high voltage is present and in range, go to symptom 3.

If the de high voltage is not present or is out of range, switch the power off and disconnect the power cord and receptacle from the peA. Cheek the continuity of 51, 52, Fl, and CR36. Replace bad parts as necessary. Check J1 and J2 for cold­solder joints; resolder as necessary.

If the de high voltage still is not present or is out of range, replace the power supply PCA.

Page 108: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Table 8-4. Powe,-Supply R .... lr (Continued)

.JlllptOlll 21

The fuse blows at turn on.

..... All resistance measurements should be made with your meter set to the 20-kQ scale. If your ohmmeter momentarily reads zero during a resistance measurement, you are proba­bly charging C4 and C5 &om the power supply in the ohmmeter. If you find an apparent short on a diode, reverse the ohmmeter leads and repeat the measurement to make sure you are not reading the forward resistance of the diode.

Capacitors C4 and C5 will remain charged for an hour or more. You should short the leads on each of these capacitors to avoid exposure to shock hazard.

..... P ....... " Circuit:

1. Turn the power switch off and remove the power cord.

2. Check C4 and C5 for shorts.

3. Check the continuity between R20 and the case of Q3.

4. Measure the resistance across the main (outer) terminals of QIO, or across Cl.

L If you are testing a ItS Vac computer, set the line-voltage selector switch to 230V, ap­ply 115V, and turn on the power.

Secondary CIrcuit:

.. Tum the power off and remove the power cord and the power supply test tool.

7. Check the forward-biased resistance from the center pin of CR34 to ground (+ to -).

8. Check the forward-biased resistance from the center pin of CR35 to ground (+ to -).

8. Check the reverse-biased resistance from the anode of CR22 to ground (- to +).

10. Check CRt3, CR19, CR20, and C13 for shorts.

(CR13 in-circuit reversed-biased resistance: approximately 2 kD.)

(CR19 and CR20 in-circuit reverse-biased resistance: approximately 5 kO.)

I Resul.lng Action

Replace as required.

If the resistance is less than 2-kO, replace Q3, Q4, U4, all three together, and CR36.

If the resistance is less than 50 ohms, replace QI0, Cl.

If the fuse blows when the selector switch is in the 11SV pOSition but not when it is in the 230V position, replace VR4 and VR5.

If the resistance is less than 100 ohms, check to see if the insulation between U7 and the heat sink is still intact. If it is not intact, replace it. If it is intact, replace CR34, VR3I, U7, U8 in order; check C18, C19 for shorts.

If the resistance is less than 100 ohms, check to see if the insulation between CR35 and the heat sink is still intact. If it is not intact, replace it. If it is intact, check C20 and C21 for shorts. Re­place CR3S, Q8, Q7, VR32.

If the resistance is less than 100 ohms, check CR22, VR30, U6, CR21, C16, and C17 for shorts. Replace if necessary.

Replace as required. If the fuse still blows or the power supply voltages are bad, replace the power supply PCA.

Page 109: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

a..a TroubI ............. DI_oetIoe

TIl .... 1-4. Po..,.luppl, R .... lr (ContInued,

l,.nptom 3.

High-t1Oltage rectification is good, but the system does not start.

Note. All resistance measurements should be made with your meter set to the 20-ld} scale.

Always tum off the power before moving a test lead or disconnecting anything. Leave the power supply test tool connec:ted during all tests to provide an appropriate load.

s ....

t. 1\un on the power and monitor the dc volt­age across CRt using an oscilloscope. Be s~rt to use an isolation transformer on the oscilloscope or power SU"iy when making this measurement.

2. Use an oscilloscope to monitor the dc volt­age at power-on between + 5V and GND on the power supply test tool.

I ............ ActIon

If the voltage builds up to about 40V and quickly discharges, the start circuit is operating. (Refer to waveforms A and B in figure 12-11, the power supply schematic.) Go to step 2.

If the voltage does not build up to 40V or does not discharge quickly, the start circuit is not op­erating. Measure the resistance between pin 8 and pin 4 of U2 (+ to -). If the resistance is less than 4 kO, replace in order VR9, U2, and U4, checking the resistance after each. Check the continuity of CRt, CR2, VR3, Ql, and Q2; replace as required. If the start circuit still is not operating, replace the power supply peA.

If the voltage is present briefly and then decays sharply, it is likely that the over-voltage protec­tion circuit is being triggered. Go to step 3.

If the voltage is not present, go to symptom 2, -Secondary Circuit, - and do steps 7 through 10.

3. Turn R49 fully counter-clockwise. Then turn When the output voltage exceeds 6.2V, the pro­R49 dockwise while monitoring +5V with tective circuitry should trigger, and the voltage an oscilloscope. should fall to zero. If the protective circuitry

triggers at 6.2V" go on to step 4.

If the protective circuitry is triggering when the output voltage is less than 6.2V, check VR32, Q7, and Q8 for functionality. Repair as needed and go on to step 4.

4. Adjust R49 for an output voltage of + 5.1 V.· U the adjustment cannot be made, replace R49 and UIO. If the adjustment still cannot be made, replace the power supply PCA.

• The +5.0 Vdc power supply output should be set at +5.1 Vdc to overcome voltage drops in the power cable hamess.

Page 110: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Int ................ Computer

,.. .. 1. 1-4. Power-Suppl, Rep. (Continued)

.JIII,..4: The fuse does not blow, the power supply turns on, but one or more voltages are not present OT are out of range.

The procedure that you should follow depends on which voltage or voltages are missing or are out of ~ange at the power supply test tool. Follow the appropriate procedure below, referring the the power supply schematic (figure 12-11). Refer to the power supply component-location diagram (fig­ure 9-13) to locate con:tponents and identify pins.

Not •• In each case, turn off the power before moving a test lead or disconnecting anything. Leave the power supply test tool connected during all tests to provide an appropriate load.

Step 1 R.sultlng Action

+5 Vdc 'S •• uI .. or out .f ra_ .t the t.st tool:

1. Check pins 1 and 2 of connector J3 for + 5 Vdc (4.7SV to 5.2SV) with the power-cable harness and test tool connected.

PD •• mi •• ing or out of r ..... at the t •• t tool:

2. Check pin 10 of connector }3 for + 5 V de (4.7SV to 5.25V).

3. Check for +5 Vdc (4.75V to S.2SV) at the common of Q6 and R38.

4. Check the voltage at pin 3 of U3.

If + 5 V dc is good at pins 1 and 2, but not at the test tool, try replacing the power-cable harness.

If +5 Vdc is not present or is out of range at pins 1 and 2, check the input and output wave­forms of CR3S (waveforms K and J in figure 12-11). Do the following:

• If the input waveform is not present, replace the power supply PCA.

• If the input is correct, but the output wave­form is not, replace CR3S. Check L5 for an open; replace if necessary. Go to symptom 3, step 2.

PO should be present after a delay of about two seconds after the power is turned on (refer to waveform E in figure 12·11).

If PO is good at pin 10, but not at the test tool, replace the power-cable harness.

If +5 Vde is present after about two seconds, but is not present at pin 10, replace the power supply PCA.

The voltage should be in the range +5.5V to + 6.1 V after about two seconds (refer to wave­form 0 in figure 12-11).

If the waveform is good, replace Q6.

If the waveform is not correct, replace in order: U3, Q5, and U2. If this does not correct the problem, replace the power supply PCA.

Page 111: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

- - .--~.~~ .. ~-.• _ ... ~..--...~ .... ~ ........ r ......... 4U ...........

............ Po •• • ... pl' ...... ir (Conti ..... )

..... 1 R ....... ng Action

-12 Vdc la mi ..... or out of nan •• at the t .. t tooll

I. Check pin 8 of connector J3 for -12 Vdc If -12 Vdc is present at pin 8, but not at the (-11.4V to -12.6V). test tool, replace the power-cable harness.

L Check the input to U6. H the input is good (approXimately -23.4 Vdc), replace U6.

7. Check L3 for an open.

I. Check C16 and C17 for shorts.

I. Check the waveform at the common of Tl andCR21.

to. Check the waveform at the common of CR21 and Ll.

Replace if necessary.

Replace if necessary.

Refer to waveform F in figure 12-11.

If the waveform is bad, replace the power sup­ply PCA.

Refer to waveform G in figure 12-11.

If the waveform is bad, try replacing CR21, VR30, and CR22. If this doesn't correct the problem, replace the power supply PCA.

+ 18, + 1 I, or + 12 Vdc la mlaaine or out of nang. at the test tool.

11. Check pin 11 of connector }3 for + 18 Vdc If you find the voltage at pin 11, but not at the (26V to 30V). test tool, replace the power-cable harness.

11. Check to see if L4 is open. Replace L4 if necessary.

13. Check the waveform at the common of C14 and CR34.

14. Check the waveform at the common of CR34 and L4.

Refer to waveform H in figure 12-11.

If the waveform is bad. replace the power sup­ply peA.

Refer to waveform I in figure 12-1l.

If the waveform is bad, replace CR34. If this does not correct the problem, replace the power supply PCA.

11. Check pins 5 and 6 of connector}3 for + 12 If + 12 Vdc is not present or is out of range at Vdc (11.4V to 12.6V) and + 15 Vdc (14.2SV pin 5, check the input of U7 for + 18 Vdc. If the to IS.7SV), respectively. input is good, replace U7.

If + 15 Vdc is not present or is out of range at pin 6, check the input of U8 for + 18 Vdc. If the input is good, replace U8.

If the problem still is not corrected, replace the power supply PCA.

Page 112: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

• ..... ,.. .......... eom ....

'ftI .... 8-5. RAil Troull ••• hootlnl and Repair

Use the following procedure to troubleshoot and repair a RAM problem. In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

Step

1. If the message *** ERROR -The external RAM failed ap­pears, it indicates an external RAM failure. HowtfJeT, with II known-good RAM module, an I/O problem is indicated. Make sure that the external RAM module is good, and that it is properly inserted in the I/O port. Repeat the test with the RAM module inserted first in port A, then in port B.

2. For an internal RAM failure, the error mes­sage indicates which IC to replace. If one or two of the following messages appear, set up the computer to troubleshoot the logic A PCA (refer to table 8-27), repeat the RAM test, then replace the indicated RAM IC(s). If more than two of the messages appear, an MMU problem is probable. In such cases, replace the logic A PCA.

*** ERROR - 120

*** ERROR - 121

*** ERROR - 122

*** ERROR - 123

*** ERROR - 124

*** ERROR - 125

*** ERROR - 126

*** ERROR - 127

*** ERROR - 128

*** ERROR - 129

*** ERROR - 139

*** ERROR - 131

*** ERROR - 132

*** ERROR - 133

*** ERROR - 134

*** ERROR - 135

3. Repeat the RAM test. .

I IncllCllted Action

If the error is still reported, connect a new I/O backplane PCA to the logic A peA, plug the RAM module into the new PCA, and repeat the test. If the test is good, replace the I/O backplane PCA. If the problem is still not cor­rected, replace the logic A PCA.

Replace U20 on the logic A PCA.

Replace U21 on the logic A peA.

Replace U22 on the logic A peA.

Replace U23 on the logic A peA.

Replace U24 on the logic A peA.

Replace U25 on the logic A PCA.

Replace U26 on the logic A PCA.

Replace U27 on the logic A PCA.

Replace U28 on the logic A PCA.

Replace U29 on the logic A PCA.

Replace U30 on the logic A PCA.

Replace U3 i on the logic A PCA.

Replace U32 on the logic A PCA.

Replace U33 on the logic A PCA.

Replace U34 on the logic A peA.

Replace U35 on the logic A PCA.

If the problem is still not corrected, replace the logic A peA.

Page 113: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

TMIe .... M .. U Trou ....... ootln •• 1Id R .... ir

Use the following procedure to troubleshoot and repair an MMU problem. In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

Step

1. If one of the follOwing error messages ap-pears, take the indicated action.

*** ERROR - User portion of MI'IU failed

*** ERROR - Supervisor portion of the MMU failed 2. If two or more RAM ICs are identified as

bad (errors 120 through 135), an MMU problem is probable.

I Indlatecl Action

Repeat the test. H an MMU failure is indicated a second time, replace the logic A PCA.

Repeat the test. H an MMU failure is indicated a second time, replace the logic A peA.

Replace the logic A PCA.

Page 114: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Int ...... Penon .. Com ......

'DIble 1·7. K.yboIIrcI Trou .. I ..... tI", and Repair

Use the following procedure to troubleshoot and repair a keyboard problem. In each of these steps, always turn off the power befoTt you connect or disconnect tl cable or replace a component.

Itep

1. If you get one of the following messages, take the indicated action. Otherwise go on to step 2.

I Incllcated Action

*** ERROR - Found dev ices on If only one device is plugged in, go to step 4. both loops!

*** ERROR - No autoconfi9 returned by keyboard

*** ERROR - No loop back returned b~ keyboard

*** ERROR - No device detected on either loop

*** ERROR - No ke~board 10 receiveod

*** ERROR - The 10 read doesn't correspond to a keyboard 10.

*** ERROR - No hard reset returrutd

*** ERROR - No poll comm.nd receoiveod

*** Cannot execute test without a function~l display

*** ERROR - Keyboard was not changed} or bad controller IC

*** ERROR - Keoyboard received a loop error

*** ERROR - Ke~board received an over-flow error

*** ERROR - K.~board received a framing error

*** ERROR - K.~board received a parity error

Repeat the test. If the error message is still re­ported, go to step 2.

Repeat the test. If the error message is still re­ported, go to step 2.

Go to step 2.

Go to step 2.

Go to step 2.

Repeat the test. If the error message is still re­port~, go to step 2.

Go to step 5.

Check the display (table 8-8). Repeat the test.

Plug the keyboard into the other jack and repeat the test. If the error message is still reported, go to step 3.

Repeat the test. If the error message is still re­ported, go to step 5.

Repeat the test. If the error message is stin re­ported, go to step· 4.

Repeat the test. If the error message is still re­ported, go to step 4.

Repeat the test. If the error message is still re­ported, go to step 4.

Page 115: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

,.. .... "7. IC.,....,.. TNub ....... tIng and R .... ir (Contln ..... )

Itep

*** ERROR - Keyboard time­out error.

*** ERROR - incorrect key count

*** ERROR - Hot all keys responded with both (down and up) keycod.s

2. Connect a known-good keyboard and cable to the computer. Run the complete keyboard test. '

3. Remove the back panel and set up the com­puter to troubleshoot the logic A peA (refer to table 8-27). Thrn on the power and check for + 12 Vdc (11.4 to 12.6 Vdc) on pin 5 of the logic A peA power connector (pin 1 has a square designator).

I Indiutecl ActIon

Repeat the test. If the error message is still re­ported, go to step 2.

Repeat the test. If the error message is still re­ported, replace the keyboard assembly.

Repeat the test. If the error message is still re­ported, replace the keyboard assembly.

If the unit fails the test, reconnect the original keyboard and cable, then go on to step 3.

If the unit passes the test, the problem is in ei­ther the keyboard cable or the keyboard PCA. Reconnect the original keyboard assembly using a known-good cable and repeat the test:

• If the test is now passed, replace the cable.

• If the test is failed, replace the keyboard peA.

If the voltage is not present or is out of range, verify the power supply (refer to table 8-3).

If the voltage is correct, go on to step 4.

4. Connect a known-good keyboard connector If the unit passes the test, replace the keyboard-assembly to the logic A PCA. Plug in the connector assembly. keyboard and repeat the complete keyboard If the unit does not pass, go to step S. test.

Ie Check that the frequency of the signal on pin 22 of US8 on the logic A PCA is in the range 45 to 75 Hz, nominally 60 Hz.

If the frequency is correct, go to step 6.

If the frequency is not correct, replace U59 on the logic A PCA. If the frequency still is not cor-rect, replace the logic A PCA.

L Check that the frequency of the signal on If the frequency is correct, replace the Jogic A pin 24 of US8 on the logic A peA is in the PCA.

range 7.952 to 7.968 MHz. If the frequency is not correct, check the system docks (refer to table 8-23).

Page 116: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Troub ........ i .... nd DI •• noatlc. 8-33

,..... .... Dlaptar/GPU Troubleshooting IIndIl .... i'

Use the following procedure to troubleshoot and repair a display jGPU problem. In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

Note. Do not attempt to repair the display assembly itself. It is a tuned assembly and must be replaced with an exchange assembly if it is faulty.

Early versions of the display assembly may have a small PCA installed on the back of the assembly. This PCA contains some drc:uitry that has been incorporated into the display assembly main PCA in later units. Do not remove the small peA, if present, from a display assembly or transfer it to a new display assembly.

ltep

t. H the entire display pattern is shifted down and to the left, it is likely that the GPU is running in CRT mode. That is, the GPU is configured for a CRT monitor rather than for the electroluminescent (EL) panel· dis­play. This is caused by a bit in the real-time clock becoming changed from its normal value.

2. Set up the computer to troubleshoot the logic B peA (refer to table 8-27). Repeat the display test. If you get one of the following error messages, take the indicated action. Otherwise go on to step 3.

*** ERROR - 201

*** ERROR - CPU tim. out error

*** ERROR - Display RR" (R/W) error

I InciloatecI Action

To reconfigure the GPU for normal operation, proceed as follows:

a. Insert the System Disc in the disc drive and turn on the computer. This resets the bit in the real-time clock, but the display is still shifted.

b. Turn off the power.

c. Turn on the power again. The display should now be back in its normal (EL) mode.

If the error message appears, or if you hear a descending musical scale, a GPU failure is proba­ble. Replace UI (the GPU) on the logic B PCA.

Check pin 33 of UI for a 3-MHz signal:

• If not present, troubleshoot the 3-MHz sys­tem clock (table 8-23).

• If present, replace Ul on the logic B peA.

Replace the logic B PCA.

Page 117: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integral .......... CoInputer

1'IIIaIe .... D'ap'.y/GPU Troultleshooting .nd Repair (COntl .... dJ

ltep

3. Run the display-pattern tests. Press I CTRL I@) to stop at a checkerboard pattern.

Notel If the display is not functioning, you can reach the checkerboard pattern output as follows. Turn on the computer to start the service ROM sequence test. Wait until the printer prints out the test results. When the HP-IB test message is printed, the sequence test is complete. Press the ® function key to start the display test, wait about 15 seconds for the first beep, then press ( CTRL )@) to stop at the first pattern. Press the space bar four times to reach the first checker­board pattern.

4. Check the display voltages from the logic B peA at the display end of the display flex cable.

I Indicated Action

Look for any of the following display problems:

• Missing pixels (picture elements).

• Bright or dark spots.

• Bright or dark lines.

If you observe such symptoms, connect a new display assembly. If this corrects the problem, replace the display assembly.

If the display is dim or there is no display out­put, connect a new display assembly. If this corrects the problem, replace the display assem­bly. If the problem persists, connect a new display flex cable; replace if necessary. If the problem persists, go to step 4.

If the display image is distorted (out of syn­chronization), go to step S.

Pins 3 and 4 should be in the range + 26V to + 30V with the display disconnected. Pin 5 should be +S Vdc (4.7SV to S.25V). The flex ca­ble connector has the following pin out:

1 3 2 ,

- 1I

If any of the voltages are missing, repeat the test with a new flex cable. If the voltages are still missing or are out of range, verify the power supply (refer to table 8.3). If the power supply is good, replace the logic B PCA.

Page 118: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Int ............... COIIqtUter

,...... .... Dlapl-w/GPU Trou ..... booti •• and R .... (ConIIMIed)

Step

S. Check the 6-MHz video clock signal at pin 11 of U13 on the logic B PCA.

.. Run the display test on the service ROM and stop at a checkerboard pattern. While the checkerboard pattern is on the display, check the VSYNC signal at pin 45 of Ul (the GPU) on the logic 8 PCA.

7. While the checkerboard pattern is still on the display, check the HSYNC signal at pin 5 of UI0 on the logic 8 PCA.

Ind ...... ActIon

If the signal is not present, check for the clock signal at pin 13 of U13.

• If the signal is present at pin 13, but not at pin 11, replace U13 on the logic 8 PCA.

• If the signal is not present at pin 13 of U13, troubleshoot the 6-MHz system clock (refer to table 8-23) .

The waveform should be as follows:

., .. - t.. ..., ... -. . .

.L

H the waveform is not present, replace UI on the logic 8 PCA.

The waveform should be as follows: _, .. -t.. ..., .. -ao

.

If HSYNC is not present at pin 5, check for HSYNC at pin 12 of UIO on the logic B PCA.

• If HSYNC is present at pin 12. but not at pin 5, replace UIO on the logic B PCA.

• If HSYNC is not present at pin 12 of UIO, check for a signal at pin 46 of U 1 on the logic 8 PCA. If not present, replace U 1. If present, replace the logic B PCA.

Page 119: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8-:18 TroubIe ............... _____

........... Dlspl."GPU TrouItI .. lIootIng and lie""" (Continued)

step

.. While the checkerboard. pattern is still on the display, check the BVID signal at pin 13 of U1 on the logic B PCA.

I. While the checkerboard pattern is still on the display, check the TVID signal at pin 13 of US on the logic B PCA.

I The waveform should be as follows:

.,..-La ..,..-_

. - fI-

o

If the waveform is not present, replace the logic B peA.

The waveform should be as follows:

., .. -0.. ..,..-_

If the waveform is not present, replace the logic B PCA.

If all waveforms are present, but the display is still not working, replace the. display assembly.

Page 120: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

,..... .... Diu Drive TrouItIeahooting and R .... ir

Use the following procedure to troubleshoo"t and repair a disc drive problem. In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect II cable or replace a component.

Itep

1. For any disc failure, insert a new, formatted floppy disc in the drive and repeat the test.

2. Remove the back panel &om the computer. Check that the switch on the back of the disc drive is in the down position (see figure 6-23b).

3. Prepare the computer to troubleshoot the logic B peA (refer to table 8-27). Repeat the test. Take the indicated action for the error message displayed.

*** ERROR - Disc CRe error. *** ERROR - Disc interrupt er r or .

*** ERROR - Disc record not found. "

*** ERROR - Disc tiMe-out error.

*** ERROR - Disc (W/R) data Mismatch.

*** ERROR - Lost data bit during read sector comMand.

*** ERROR - Lost data bit during write sector COMmand.

*** No disc detected in unit.

*** The disc in the unit is worn. Please replace with a new formatted disc.

I Indicated Action

If the test is failed with the new disc, go on to step 2.

If the switch is not in the down pOSition, correct it and repeat the test. Otherwise, go on to step 3.

(Cyclic Redundancy Check error.) Go to step 4.

Troubleshoot the interrupt circuitry (refer to ta­ble 8-24).

Go to step 4.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 4.

Make sure a formatted disc is properly installed in the drive and repeat the test. If the error mes­sage is repeated, check the DSKCHG signal at pin 3 of U20 on the logic B PCA .

• Pin 3 should be high (4.75 to S.25 Vdc). If not, replace the disc drive.

• If pin 3 of U20 is high, check pin 4 of U20. Pin 4 should be low (0.0 to 0.3 Vdc). If not, replace U20. If pin 3 of U20 is high and pin 4 is low (but the error message still appears), replace the logic B PCA.

Repeat the test with a new blank, formatted disc.

Page 121: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

TIl ........ DIM Drive Troub ..... ootlng .nd R ..... ' (ContinueclJ

step

*** The disk is write protected.

*** ERROR - The length of the index pulse is bad.

*** ERROR - There was a time out waiting for the index pulse.

4. Check that +5 Vdc (4.75V to 5.25V) and +12 Vdc (11.4V to 12.6V) are present on the outside pins of the disc--drive power connector.

S. Substitute a known-good disc-drive flex ca­ble. Repeat the test.

I. Connect a known-good disc drive and re­peat the test (you don't need to install the drive for the test).

7. Check for a 2-MHz signal at pin 24 of U18 on the logic 8 PCA.

.. 1Urn off the computer. Remove the service ROM and reinstall the operating system ROM. 1\un the computer back on. Pull pin 22 of U18 high (+5 Vdc), then reset by touching pin 19 of U18 to ground.

I IndieMeei Aotlon

Repeat the disc test making sure that the disc is not write protected (the colored tab should block the hole). If the error message is repeated (with an unprotected disc), check the WRPT signal at pin 1 of U20 on the logic B PCA .

• Pin 1 should be high (4.75 to 5.25 Vdc). If not, replace the disc drive.

• If pin 1 of U20 is high, check pin 2 of U20. Pin 2 should be low (0.0 to 0.3 Vdc). If not, replace U20. If pin 1 of U20 is high and pin 2 is low (but the error message still appears), replace the logic B PCA.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 4.

If the voltages are not present, verify the power supply (refer to table 8-3).

If the test is passed, replace the fiex cable.

If the test is passed, replace the disc drive.

If the signal is not present, troubleshoot the 2-MHz system clock (refer to table 8-23).

If the signal is present, g~' on to step 8 .

I. Ground pin 22 of U18 on the logic B peA. If the frequency is not in the range 510 to 530 Wait 90 seconds, then check the frequency kHz, adjust C16. of the signal appearing at pin 16 of U18.

Page 122: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Ta .... 8·1. Disc DrIve Troubl .... o ... ' .ncI R...., (Continued)

..... 1 G. Check pin 31 of UlS for a 125 ns wide

pulse.

11. Check pin 29 of UlS for a 250 ns wide pulse.

12. Rerun the disc drive test.

I Incllad. Action

The waveform should appear as follows:

'It" ·'1.0 ..., .... La

.

• • .. ~

U the pulsewidth is not in the range 119 to 131 ns, adjust R44 on the logic B PCA.

The waveform should appear as follows:

.,. - t.. ..., ... - 0 ••

If the pulsewidth is not in the range 238 to 262 115, adjust R45 on the logic B PCA.

If an error message appears, replace the logic B PCA. .

Page 123: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8-40 Trou .............. nd DI ...... tlcs Int .......... _1 Computer

1"l1li1. "10. R .... TI ... Clock Troubl .. hootlng.ncI ........

Use the following procedure to troubleshoot and repair a real-time clock problem. In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

Not.: If the unit keeps time when connected to the power, but not when disconnected, the battery BTl is probably bad. Always check the battery voltage before replacing any components.

If the battery jumper PI is removed, or the battery is replaced, the time of day will have to be reset.

..... 1. Set up the computer to troubleshoot the

logic B PCA (refer to table 8-27).

I Indicated Action

2. Check the voltage of battery BTl. The nominal battery voltage is 3.0 Vdc. If the voltage is not in the range 2.5 to 3.5 Vdc, re­place the battery and reset the time.

3. If you get one of the following error mes-sages,' take the indicated action.

*** ERROR - 244 Replace U44 on the logic B PCA.

*** ERROR - REAL T I ME CLOCK Replace the logic B PCA. failure

*** ERROR - Probable REAL TIME CLOCK failure

*** ERROR - REAL TIME CLOCK int.rrupt error

4. Adjust the RTC oscillator as follows: Moni­tor the oscillator frequency at pin 7 of U40 on the logic B peA. Use a six-digit fre­quency counter. (If a six -digit frequency counter is not available, and the customer requires the maximum accuracy, replace the logic B PCA.)

Go to step 4.

Troubleshoot the interrupt circuitry (refer to ta­ble 8-24).

Set the oscillator frequency to 32768 ±O.3 Hz by adjusting trim capacitor C43 on the logic B PCA.

Page 124: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Table 1-11. Sp_ker Trou ..... hootin' .nd R .... lr

Use the following procedure to troubleshoot and repair a speaker problem. In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

St.p

1. U you did not hear the ascending musical scale during the speaker test, set up the computer to troubleshoot the logic B PCA (refer to table 8-27).

2., While running the speaker test in continu­ous mode, check the waveform at pin 1 of U40 on the logic B PCA with an oscillo­scope set at 0.5 Volts per division and 1 millisecond per division.

3. While running the speaker test in continu­ous mode, check the waveform at pin 3 of U40 on the logic B PCA.

I Indicated Action

You should see a series of square waves of in­creasing frequency corresponding to the ascending scale. If the peak-to-peak voltage is within the range 9.5 to 10.5 volts, replace the speaker.

If the square wave is not present or the peak-to­peak voltage is not correct, go on to step 3.

If the peak-to-peak voltage is in the range 4.75 to 5.25 volts, replace U40 on the lOgic B PCA.

If the square wave is not present or the peak-to­peak voltage is not correct, replace the logic B peA. ,

Page 125: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

·8-42 Troubleshooting and Di ....... tlca I ........ Penon •• Computer

nable 1-12. HP·IR Tro.bI .... ooting and Repair

Use the following procedure if a failure of the built-in HP-IB is indicated (by either the short HP-IB test on the service ROM or the HP-IB test on the service diagnostic disc). In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

Not.: The following procedure applies only to the built-in HP-IB. For problems with an external HP-IB interface, refer to the Integral Personal Computer Interface and Memory Mod­ule Assembly-Level Service Manual.

Itep

1. Set up the computer to troubleshoot the logic B peA (refer to table 8-27).

2. Repeat the short HP-IB test on the service ROM.

3. Run the continuous HP-IB test (on the ser­vice ROM) by pressing ( SHIFT) and the HP-IB test function key. (Press (ESC) to stop.) Refer to the schematic in figure 12-9 while performing the following steps.

4. Probe pins 1 through 4, 9, 11, and 13 through 17 on the HP-IB back-panel con­nector with a logic probe or OScilloscope. Refer to figure 8-8 for the pin aSSignments.

1 __ ~ 13 c a D a

HP-IB D D c D

CONNECTOR a D PINOUT a a

D a c a D a D a a a

12 __ ~D D-

~ 24

I Indicated Action

If the message *** ERROR - 241 appears, replace U41 on the logic B peA.

If the message *** ERROR - The HP-18 fa i 1 ed appears, go on to step 3.

Each pin should be toggling high (+ 2.7 to +3.3Vdc) and then low (0.0 to +0.3 Vdc). If any of the outputs are not toggling high and low, go on to step 5.

If all of the pins are toggling, the problem can­not be traced to the component level. Replace the logic B peA.

<l 1 2 3 4

J9 5 6 7 8

CONNECTOR 9 10 PINOUT 11 12

13 .14 15 16 11 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

...... 25 26

Figure .-8. Connector Pin As.lgnments

Page 126: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

,.. .... "t2. HP·I. Troubl .... otl ... and R ..... ' (ContinueelJ

ltep

I. Probe pins 1 through 8, 10, 17, and 21 of connector J9 on the logic B peA. Refer to figure 8-8 for the pin assignments (pin 1 is nearest the power connector).

I. Probe pins 2 through 9 of U42, and pins 3, 4, and 9 of U43 on the logic B PCA.

7. Probe pins 12 through 19 of U42 on the logic B PCA.

8. Probe pins 14, 19, and 20 of U43.

I. Rerun the short HP -IB test on the service ROM.

I IndicIIted Action

If all of the pins are toggling high and low at J9, but some are not toggling at the back-panel con­nector, replace the HP-IB ribbon-cable assembly (which includes the back-panel connector).

1£ any of the pins are not toggling high and low at J9, go on to step 6.

If all of the pins are toggling high and low, but the corresponding J9 pins are not, replace the logic B PCA. Otherwise, go on to step 7.

If pins 12 through 19 are all toggling high and low, but any of pins 2 through 9 are not, replace U42. Go to step 8.

If any of pins 12 through 19 are not togglin~ replace U41. Go to step 8.

If pins 14, 19, and 20 are toggling high and low, but any of pins 3, 4, and 9 are not, replace U43.

If any of pins 14, 19, and 20 are not toggling, replace U41.

If an error message appears, replace the logic B PCA.

Page 127: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Int .. , •• PenoIUII CoIII __

Table "13. Printer Irror .........

Use the following procedure to troubleshoot and repair printer problems. In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

step

f. Repeat the service ROM printer test by pressing the (@) key on the test menu. The printer will print out any error messages, and will then print out the test pattern shown in fi~ 8-9.

2. Take the action indicated for the error mes­sages that appear. If you need to troubleshoot the printer control circuitry on the logic B PCA, prepare the computer as described in table 8-27.

*** ERROR - Printer received a FRNS. Data sent was:

*** ERROR - 231 *** Possible printer failure l

try the test again.

*** ERROR - Printer status. The status byte reads: _______ _

The status-byte bits read from left (most signifi­cant bit 7) to right (least Significant bit 0). ,If a bit is set (displayed as -r), it means:

Bit 7: self test failed.

Bit 6: (always 0)

Bit 5: out-of-paper

Bit 4: waiting for the top-of-form button to be pressed.

Bit 3: buffer full.

Bit 2; buffer empty

Bit 1: (always 0)

Bit 0: carriage motion disabled.

indicated Action

If any error messages appear, go to step 2.

If no error messages appear, but a printer prob­lem is suspected, proceed with the printer power-on diagnostics in table 8-14.

Printer received a Frame Received Not as Sent. Replace the logic B PCA.

Replace U31 on the logic B PCA.

Repeat the test three times; if the error message is still reported, replace the the logic B PCA.

Repeat the test.

If the yellow light in the switch panel is flash­ing, troubleshoot the printer ROM, RAM, and CPU (refer to table 8-17).

Install paper in the printer.

If the printer is not out of paper, check the out­of-paper switch.

Press the white top-oi-form button in the switch panel.

Repeat the test. If the yellow light in the switch panel is flashing, troubleshoot the printer ROM, RAM, and CPU (refer to table 8-17).

Repeat the test. If the yellow light in the switch panel is flashing, troubleshoot the printer ROM, RAM, and CPU (refer to table 8-17).

Check the printer mechanism.

Page 128: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

T ........ hootln. and DI .. nostics 8-45

,..... l·t3. Printer Irror ..... __ (Conti ....... )

Step

*** ERROR - Printer s~st.m. The status byte reoads: _______ _

The system-status bytes mean:

11000110 - self test failed.

11000010 - manual intervention required.

10100011 - not ready to receive data. or 10100001 - ready to receive.

*** ERROR - Printer test end of transmission error.

*** Printer indicates (OUT OF PAPER),

*** Printer ti.e out error.

3. Proceed with the printer power-on tests in table 8-14.

I Incllcldecl action

Repeat the test.

If the yellow light in the switch panel is flash­ing, troubleshoot the printer ROM. RAM, and CPU (refer to table 8-17).

Check the printer mechanism.

Repeat the test. If the yellow light in the switch panel is flashing, troubleshoot the printer ROM, RAM, and CPU (refer to table 8-17).

Repeat the test. If the error message is still re­ported, replace the logic B PCA.

Install paper in the printer.

If the printer is not out of paper, check the out­of-paper switch.

Check the 3-Mhz and 2-MHz dock signals at pin 9 of U28 and pin 22 of U31, respectively, on the logic B peA.

• If both are present, replace the logic B PCA.

• If either is not present or bad, troubleshoot the system clocks (refer to table 8-23).

Page 129: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.... 8 Troubl .. hootlng end DletplOatica

Ta .... 8-14. Printer Power-On Dialnostlcs

Use the following procedure to completely evaluate the operation of the built-in ink-jet printer. In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable, or replace a component.

Note: If you need to troubleshoot the printer control circuitry on the logic B PCA, prepare the computer as desaibed in table 8-27.

Step

1. TUrn off the computer.

2. Install paper in the printer.

3. Remove the service ROM and reinstall the operating system ROM. The tests that follow must be run with paper in the printer and with the operating system installed.

4. 1brn on the power. Note the actions of the carriage and the attention light (the yellow LED in the switch panel). The normal power-on sequence is:

a) The yellow LED blinks twice, then goes out.

b) The carriage sweeps past the home­switch position twice, then parks at the left margin.

The printer fails to power up (the motors do not move and the yellow LED does not blink).

The yellow LED fails to light, but the printhead moves.

The yellow LED stays on continuously, indicating an out-ot-paper condition.

I Indloated Aotion

If the printer powers up correctly, go on to step 7 below.

If you observe any of the symptoms listed be­low, take the indicated action. After you have corrected the problem, repeat the power-on test, then go on to step 7 below.

Verify the power supply (refer to table 8-3), then check the printer control circuitry (refer to table 8-16).

Go to step 5 below.

If you have not installed paper in the printer, turn off the power, install the paper, then repeat step 4 from the beginning.

If there is paper in the printer, check the out-of­paper switch and the printer control circuit (refer to table 8-16).

The yellow LED continues blinking after power on. . Troubleshoot the printer ROM, RAM, and CPU (refer to table 8-17).

The yellow LED blinks twice, stays off for several seconds, then resumes blinking.

The carriage motor fails to move, but the display indicates that the power is on.

The printhead crashes to the left.

The problem may be: 1) a bad carriage motor, 2) the mechanism will not allow the carriage to move, 3) a failure in the printer control circuit, or 4) a bad home switch. Go to step 6 below.

Go to step 6 below.

The problem may be: 1) a defective home switch, 2) a binding in the mechanism, or 3) a printer control circuit proble~. Go to table 8-16.

Page 130: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

,..... 8-t4. PrInter ....... On Diagnostics (Continued)

ltep

I. H the yellow LED fails to light, measure the voltage at pin 41 of U28 while you switch on the power.

8. If the carriage motor fails to move, discon­ned the motor and plug in a known-good one. (There's no need to mount the motor in the mechanism.) Turn on the power.

7. Press the LF (line feed) button a few tinles. The paper should advance one line at a time. (Tapping the button causes the paper to advance one dot row at a time.)

I. Disconnect the printer switch panel and plug in a known-good panel. (You do not need to install the panel for this test.) Press the LF button.

I. Disconnect the paper-advance motor and plug in a known-good motor. (You do not need to install the motor for the test.)

to. Press the LF button.

tt. Press the FF (form feed) button.

I Indicated Action

The voltage should go high twice, then stay high:

• If it does, the LED is probably bad. Replace the switch panel.

• If the voltage does not go high, replace U28.

If the LED still does not light, troubleshoot the printer control circuitry (refer to table 8-16).

If the new motor rotates at power on, install it, then verify that it can move the mechanism. If it can't, check the mechanism for any type of binding (gear, housing, carriage cable, etc.)

If the new motor does not rotate at power on, troubleshoot the printer control circuitry (refer to table 8-16).

If the paper advances smoothly, go on to step 11.

If the paper does not advance properly, make sure that the paper is installed correctly, and that nothing is preventing it from traveling through the paper path. Then go on to step 8.

If the paper advances correctly, install the new switch panel.

If the paper does not advance, reconnect the original switch panel and go on to step 9.

If the motor does not rotate, troubleshoot the paper-advance cirCUitry (refer to table 8-20).

If the new motor runs at tum on, install it, then press LF again. If the paper does not line feed smoothly, check the mechanism for any sort of binding (gears, bearings, etc.)

If the paper form feeds (advances one full page) smoothly, go on to step 13.

If the paper does not advance, make sure that the paper is installed correctly, and that nothing is preventing it from traveling through the pa­per path, then go on to step 12.

Page 131: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

...... Tro ...... ahootIng end DI .. n..tloa I....,.. .......... C ............

,...1.8-14. PrInter Power-On D'_.nostlo. (Continued)

Step

12. Disconnect the printer switch panel and plug in a known-good panel (you do not need to install it yet). Press the FF button on the new panel.

13. Test the top-of-form button, (the white square button) as follows: Note the current top-of-form position, press and hold the LF button until the paper advances a few lines, then press the top-of-form button. (The printhead should sweep twice and park at the home position.) Now press the FF but­ton to verify the new top-of-form position. (The paper should advance to the same rela­tive position on the next page as was set with the top-of-form button.)

14. Run the printing self test as follows: Turn off the computer. Hold down the LF button while turning on the power. When you re­lease the LF button, the printer should print a test pattern like that in figure 8-9. Note that tor some localizations (tor example, Japa­nese) the extended character set is different. However, the print-pitch section should appear the same.

15. As the printer outputs the test pattern, ob­serve its operation. Check for any of the symptoms listed in table 8-15 and take the appropriate action.

I lndlc8tecl Action

If the paper advances correctly, install the new switch panel.

If the paper does not advance, reinstall the orig­inal switch panel and check for any type of binding in the mechanism.

If the printer does not respond to the top-of­form button, disconnect the printer switch panel and plug in a known-good panel. Repeat step 13.

• If the new switch panel corrects the problem, install it.

• If the new panel doesn1t correct the problem, troubleshoot the printer control circuitry (refer to table 8-16).

Notel The printer controller (IC U28 on the logic B peA) generates the test pattern shown in figure 8-9. (Later versions of the printer controller may not generate the first three lines shown in the figure.) However, the printer ROM (Ie U32 on the logic B PCA) determines the character set of the printer. The printer ROM is localized for some languages. Currently the standard printer ROM is used for all languages except Arabic, Hebrew, and Japanese. Figure 8-9 shows the test pattern for the standard version of the printer ROM. The extended character set is different for units localized for Arabic, Hebrew, or Japanese.

Page 132: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

lilt .. ,. ........... Computer

MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM ThinkJet The Persanal Printer fr~ Hewlett-Packard

CHARACTER SETS t\\\\\'B\'~~~\\\\\~\'\\\\\\~\\\ I ·#Sl~'( ) •• ,-./01~3456789:;<·>?IA8COEF6HIJKLMNO~ PQRSTUVWXYZ(\l~_tabcdefghijkl~noPQr5tuvwxyz<:}-'"u\\\5\'Q"~~j\\\"~'\'\\>\\\~\"~ AAEE£tt" ··'·UO'- ·C~~nl'O£¥§Jtae6uae6uaeouaeouA10(ai'RAiOU£lBOAAaodttoOOog~UYy

~p -'HI12«_»:t1

\\\\~\\Q\~~~~\\\\\~\'\\~\\~~\\~ ''''$1&'( ).+.-./01Z34S6789:,<·>1IABCOEF6HIJKLMNO~ PQRSTUYUXYZ[\JA_'abcdefghijkl""oPQrstuvwKyz{:)-lt\\\\\\B\'~'~\\~~'~\'\\i$\~1\\~~ AI'EF~tt ..• ";'"00[- ·C;Rfti L()t¥§I*aeouaeouaeouaeouAi0fEli •• ~iOOEi~AAf)d:t tOOOOSs UV9 ~ -iiIQ«-t!1

PRINT PITCHES ~uU:omrr"mtmif.U'\'n ,-.' ()It , - ./QIZ3S7n: : (a) 7MCD(rGiftJMllftSrUWKVZt \]. _. abcdefghlJlllllllOlQ"stuwxyz{1 ) ·r.Ui~~tO~~H~'l UH'IOft~r,'tmn:li\Untu 10U·() .. , - ./1' Z3S789:; (. > '.IH'Ol:rGHUKU1IIOPORSTIJWIt(l(\j" _. "fgblJkitlllOfJQrstuwxvz{ I) -'uun;Orr~ml~ Ummnal~rr::~r.&ntn '-ma'()··. -./OI231S678':;< :)j_D£rGHUKL_~TtJWWZ[\)· _. abcdefC)hlJklMOCllJ'stuwa:yz{1 }·I:tUn:mn~U" numn~umr.:u",Utn 1·.m'C)tt .·./OIZ3~789::(~>~fllIClInHmUllOl'ORSII/W)I"t·zr\)·_·.bcdef~lJkllU\OllQTstllW.yz{:)·1u~un~otnnm~~ mmnaum:u'''\Un !·_'() •• ,-./01Z3'Sbm::(·~1_t(r6llIJ(tnHlJP.s,uwxyzr\]"_·"defghlJklnrlClCKr$tuuwxyz{:}·r.~Un:6mtnUU~ Un"Umr,:ul~u~m ! -.m'()tt • -.18123S789:;(" >?IAscO[rGHlJ,lJtHOPQtSIUWXV.:I:\]" _ • abcdtf~lJklftQClClqr5tUWlYZ(: }·':~un:On>~Ufm~ ~mlnlnm:l"f.l\Un 1-1$%&' () ••••• /81lJ1Sbi?J:;< '>?IfIII(IHSIIUlUIIOPQPSlIlWX't'Z(\]· _' abCdefghlJklftlClClQrstw.IYz{:} -':m~\:Ot'M~U~~!~: ~"munnr.uurc~nt 1·.ZI'()".-.IGI2JS789::(&)~"'8CDLt'GHJJrlJlllOP1JtS1wurtl(·d·_'abcdtf~lJklMtPQr5tuwlVz{:}-rv~~nl:Orr}~Hl~~ mr,ummu~UUt '·UD' 0·' , -./01 Z31S6789:: < :)1'R8CII(fIiH(JWI1IOI'1lR~11JWX'{z{\)' _' -tbtdefghlJklIWlCltJQr'5twwayZ{: } -1:mn:otnt~Uet2~~:a

~\'l\\«i.\\~"s\\'l ! -'Sl&' ( ) •• ,- ./01 :34S';" ;9: ; , .. ' ?~ABCOEFGH I JKLMNOPQRSTUVW>CY Z£ \ ),._ I db \1\\\\\\\\\\ '"#$%"( )·.,-./0123456~~!:: = ?~A8COEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXVZ[\1-_'~bc ,\\~\\\\\\~ '"1$%&'( ) •• ,-./0123456789:1 =~~@A8CDEFGHIJ~LMNOPQRSTUUWXYZ[\1- '~bcd

\"\\\\",\\'i, ! "1$%"( ) •• ,- ./01~34S67a9: I' '" "ABCOEFGHIJI\LMNOPQRSTUVWXYl[ '. ] ,,_7abcde \~\\\,\\\ '"1$%&'( ) •• ,-./0123456789:; ··?IABCOEFGHIJI\LMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ(\]h_'dbcdef \\\\',\\\ 1· '$1&' ( ) •• ,- ./01 23456789: ; . ,.: ?tA8COEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ { \ ]"_ I abcde fg \\\\\\~ '-1$1&'( ) •• ,-./0123456789:; r .7gABCOEFGHrJ~LMNOpaRSTUVWXYZ[\]-_'ebcdefgh

\~,\\\ , •• IX&' \ ) •• , -. /0123456789:; • ~ ?ItABCDEFGH I Jt\LMNOPCRSTUVWXVZ[ \ l"_' ~bcde fgh 1

~\,\\ '"1$%&'( ).+.-./01Z34567a9:;~·'?@ABCOEFGHIJ~LMNOpaRST~VWXVZ[\J~_'abcdefQhlJ

za·()-+.-./01231S6789:;<->7@ABCO[fGHIJKLMHOPQRSTUUUXVZ(']~_9abcdefgh1Jk

a 9 (>-+.-./01231567S9:;<->?IABCO[fGHIJKLMHOPQRSTUUUXVZ[')~_·abcdefghijkl 9()*+.-./01231567S9:;<->?IABCOrfGHIJKlMHOPQRSTUUUXVZ(,]A_9a bcdefghijklM (>*+.-./OlZ3156789:;<->?IABCOCfGHIJKLMHOPQRSTUUUXVZ(')"'_9 a bcdefghi)klMn )*+.-./OlZ3156789:;<->?@ABCDCfGHIJKlMHOPQRSrUUUXVZ(,J"_·abcdefghijklM"O *+.-./0123156789:;(-)?@ABCOCfGHIJKLMHOPQRSTUUUHVZ(,1-_·abcdefgh1jklM"Op +.-./01231567S9::<->?@ABCO£fGHIJKLMHOPORSTUUUHVZ(,]"_·abcdefghijklM"OPQ .-./OlZ31567S9:;(->?ABCOCfGHIJKLMHOPORSTUUUHVZ(,],.._9a bcdefghiJklM"opqr -./01231567B9:;<->?R9CD[fGHIJKl~HOPQRSTUUUXVZ['J"'_·abcdefghijklM"opqrs

e9:,<->?OABCOEFGHrJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[']~_ 9: , ,< - >? OABCOEFGH I .. J t-: t_Mr .... OPQR S TUVWX Y Z ( " 1 .... _ • :,<->?OABCOEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ['1~_9a

;<->?@ABCOEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[')~_·ab

<->?OABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPORSTUVWXYZ['lh_·abc ->?ABCOEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ(']~ 9 a bcd >?ABCOEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[']~_·abcde ?@ABCOEFGH:r J K LMNOP(.)r~ S T'UVWX Y Z c: , ]" 9 ab c de f= OABCOEFGH I J"~LMNOP(~.{STUVWXY Z ( " ] .. __ 9 abc de f'g

403.401 I

Figure .... Printer "'.t '.ttern

Page 133: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

In ....... Peraonlll Cotnput ...

'labl ... 1 S. PrInter Self· T •• t R •• u'ts

This table lists the common symptoms that you may observe when running the printing self test. You can run this test with the service ROM installed by pressing the (00) key on the test menu. You can also run the test with the operating system ROM installed by pressing and holding the LF button while Switching on the power.

SJIIIPtom

Missing dots.

Print is too light.

Prola.Ia •• cau ••

Printhead needs cleaning or activation.

IIMIIcM.d Action

Follow the procedure in table 8-22, II Activating the Printhead.'

Printhead is defective. Replace the printhead.

Printhead flex cable or connec- Replace carriage assembly. tor is bad.

Printhead circuitry is faulty. Troubleshoot printhead cir­cuitry (refer to table 8-21).

The wrong paper is in use.

Printhead is running out of ink.

Printhead circuitry is faulty.

Use the specified paper (refer to table 1-1).

Replace the printhead.

Troubleshoot printhead cir­cuitry (refer to table 8-21).

Printer will not advance paper. Paper path is not clear. Clear the paper path.

Replace switch· panel.

Replace motor or connector.

Improper paper advance.

Carriage slams into side plate when homing.

Switch panel is bad.

Paper-advance motor or con­nector is bad.

Paper drive gears are not operating.

Paper-advance circuitry is faulty.

Paper path is not clear.

Paper-advance motor or con­nector is bad.

Bail arm needs adjustment.

Pin wheels need adjustment.

Paper-advance circuitry is faulty.

Home switch is faulty.

Check for binding in mechanism.

Troubleshoot paper-advance circuitry (refer to table 8-20).

Clear the paper path.

Replace motor or connector.

Adjust bail arm (refer to sec­tion 6.9.2).

Adjust pin wheels (refer to sec­tion 6.9.2).

Troubleshoot paper-advance circuitry (refer to table 8-20).

Replace home switch (refer to section 6.9.2).

Carriage motor or connector is Replace motor or connector. bad.

Home-switch circuitry is faulty. Troubleshoot home-switch cir­cuitry (refer to table 8-19).

Page 134: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Trou ......... tin. and DI .. noatlcs 8·11

Tala .... ~ S. Prlnt.r .elf· T •• t R •• ults (Continued)

Carriage stalls before it com­pletes homing activity. (Yellow LED rtmains flashing.)

Out-at-Paper condition indi­cated with paper installed.

Controller locks up; nothing is printed.

Printtr turns on, but there is no homing activity, and the yellow LED does not light.

Carriage stalls while printing.

Printer is noisy while printing.

Printer optrates, but prints wrong character set.

I Drum cap on cable assembly is faulty.

Gear box for the carriage drive is faulty.

Idler pulley is faulty.

Wear shoe on the carriage is faulty.

Out-of-paper switch is faulty.

Control circuit is faulty.

Printer flex cable is faulty.

Control circuit is faUlty.

Switch panel is faulty.

Carriage motor or connector is faulty.

Control circuit is faulty.

Carriage motor is faulty.

Carriage-drive gear box is faulty.

Carriage is binding.

Control circuit is faulty.

Carriage motor is faulty.

Carriage-drive gear box is faulty.

Wrong version of printer ROM installed.

I Replace printer mechanism assembly.

Replace printer mechanism assembly.

Replace idler pulley.

Replace carriage assembly.

Replace switch (refer to section 6.9.2).

Troubleshoot control circuit (re­fer to table 8-16).

Replace carriage assembly.

Troubleshoot control circuit (re­fer to table 8-16).

Replace switch panel.

Replace motor or connector.

Troubleshoot control circuit (re­fer to table 8-16).

Replace motor.

Replace printer mechanism assembly.

Check mechanism for any type of binding.

Troubleshoot control circuit (re­fer to table 8-16).

Replace carriage motor.

Replace printer mechanism assembly.

Check localization of printer ROM (IC U32 on the logic B PCA). Refer to table 9-12.

Page 135: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

,.. .... "18. TrcMdII •• hootlnl the PrInt., Control Circuitry

Use the following procedure to troubleshoot the printer control circuitry on the logic B PCA. (If you have not already done so, prepare the computer to troubleshoot the logic B PCA as desaibed in table 8-27.) In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

Note. The operating system ROM must be installed in the computer during the tests that follow, and paper must be installed in the printer.

If no paper is installed when the computer is turned on, the yellow attention LED will stay on continuously until paper is added. When paper is added with the power on, the yellow LED will begin blinking continuously until the white button (top-of-form/continue opera­tion) is pressed.

Step I Indicated Action

1. Check Vcc at pin 35 of U28 and pin 1 of If Vcc is not in the range 4.75 to 5.25 Vdc, ver­U31 on the logic B PCA. (U28 and U31 are ify the power supply (refer to table 8-3). Repair shown in the printer controller schematic, the power supply if necessary (refer to table 8-figure 12-7.) 4), then repeat the test.

2. Check HPE at pin 46 of U28 on the logic B PCA while the printer is printing. HPE should be high while the printer is printing.

3. Check Vph at the cathode of CR2 on the logic B PCA while the printer is printing. (CR2 is shown in the printhead supply schematic, figure 12-8.)

4. Thrn on the power. Note the actions of the carriage and the attention light (the yellow LED). The normal power-on sequence is:

a) The yellow LED blinks twice, then goes out.

b) The carriage sweeps past the home­switch p.osition twice, then parks at the left margin.

If you observe any of the symptoms listed below, take the indicated action, then repeat the power-on test.

The yellow LED stays on continuously.

H V cc is not present, but the power supply is supplying + 5 V dc, replace the logic B PCA.

If HPE is not high, replace U28 and repeat the test. If HPE is still not high during printing, re­place the logic B peA.

Vph should be in the range 22.5 to 24.0 V dc while the printer is printing. If it is not, replace the logic B PCA.

A problem in the paper sense circuitry is indi­cated. Check that pin 41 of U28 on the logic B PCA is high when paper is installed. If not, re­place the out-of-paper switch. If this does not correct the problem, replace the logic B PCA.

Page 136: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Int .. ra' Pe,.._, Computer Trou .. ' .... ootI ... and Dlagno.tlc. 8-53

TallIe I-f .. Troubl .... ootln. the Printer Control Circuitry (Continued)

Itep

The yellow LED continues blinking after power on.

The yellow LED blinks twice, stays off for several seconds, then resumes blinking.

I Indiuted Action

Troubleshoot the printer ROM, RAM, and CPU following the procedure in table 8-17.

If the carriage motor moves twice through the home-switch position, as in a normal power-up sequence, troubleshoot the home-switch cir­cuitry following the procedure in table 8-19.

If the carriage motor doesn't go through its nor­mal power-up sequence, troubleshoot the carriage-motor circuitry (table 8-18) first, then troubleshoot the home-switch circuitry (table 8-19).

Ta .... 1-17. Troubl •• hootlng the Printer ROM, RAM, and CPU

If the printer ROM, RAM, or CPU fails the power-on self test, the attention light (the yellow LED in the switch panel) will flash continuously, and one of the pins of U28 on the logic B PCA will pulse to indicate the failed component. Use the following procedure to isolate the problem. (If you have not already done' so, prepare the computer to troubleshoot the logic B PCA as described in table 8-27.) In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

Note: The operating system ROM must be installed in the computer during the tests that follow, and paper must be installed in the printer.

Step

1. Check for the 3-MHz clock signal at pin 9 of U28 on the logic B peA.

2. If the yellow LED continues blinking after power-on, isolate the problem by probing pins 16, 17, 18, 19, 22, and 23 of U28, each in turn, for a pulse approximately one sec­ond after power on. Take action according to the following steps.

Note. At power-on, each pin may pulse once as the CPU resets. This first pulse occurs almost immediately and does not indicate an error. Wait approximately one second for a second pulse, slightly longer than the first.

3. Tum off the power and connect a logic probe to pin 16 of U28 on the logic B PCA. Tum on the power and watch for a pulse after about one second.

I Indicated Action

If the signal is not present, troubleshoot the 3-MHz system clock (refer to table 8-23).

If a pulse occurs on pin 16 of U28 (DOT 12), a printer CPU failure is indicated. Replace U28 on the logic B PCA.

Page 137: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8-.. Troubl ..... otl ... and DllIgnoetlca

T ..... 1-17. Trouble.hootinl the Prlntar ROil, RAM, and CPU (Continuad)

Step

4. Repeat the procedure for pins 17, 18, 19, 22, and 23 of U28 on the logic B PCA. In each case, tum off the power, connect a logic probe to the pin, then turn on the power and watch for a pulse after about one second.

I Indicated Action

If a pulse occurs on pin 17 of U28 (DOT 11), an internal ROM failure is indicated. Replace U28 on the logic B PCA.

If a pulse occurs on pin 18 of U28 (DOT 10), an internal RAM failure is indicated. Replace U28 on the logic B PCA.

If a pulse occurs on pin 19 of U28 (DOT 9), a timer failure is indicated. Replace U28 on the logic B PCA.

If a pulse occurs on pin 22 of U28 (DOT 6), an external RAM failure is indicated. Replace U27 on the logic B PCA.

If a pulse occurs on pin 23 of U28 (DOT 5), an external ROM failure is indicated. Replace U32 on the logic B PCA (localized for some languages).

Tldtle "18. Troubl .. hootlng the· Carrl ..... otor Circuitry

If you have trouble with the carriage, check that the ROM, RAM, CPU, power supply, switch panel, and carriage motor are operational, then troubleshoot the carriage-motor circuitry as follows using a logic probe. (If you have not already done so, prepare the computer to troubleshoot the logic B PCA as described in table 8-27.) In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

Nota. The operating system ROM must be installed in the computer during the tests that follow, and paper must be installed in the printer.

Stap

1. Probe pins 4, 5, 6, and 7 of U28 on the logic B PCA, each in turn, while you press the top~f-form button (the square, white but­ton on the switch panel).

Ie Probe pins 8 and 10 of U29 and pins 8 and 10 of U30 on the logic B PCA, each in turn, while you press the top-oi-form button.

I Inellcatad Action

If any pin fails to toggle several times~ replace U28.

If any pin fails to toggle, replace the cor­responding IC.

If the carriage moves with difficulty and then stops after a few seconds, or if there appear to be slight variations in the width of the printed characters, check CRa, C26, CR9, and C27 on the logic B peA for opens and shorts. If you re­place an open diode, replace the corresponding capacitor as well.

Page 138: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

• .....,., ........... eompllter

TIIbIe "11. TroubI .. hootIng .... H.,,"'wltch CIrcuItIy

The typical symptom of bad home-switch circuitry is that the carriage will move initially to the right, reverse direction, and crash into the left side frame for a few seconds, then come to rest.

Use a logic probe to troubleshoot the home-switch circuitry as desaibed below. (If you have not already done so, prepare the computer to troubleshoot the logic B PCA as desaibed in table 8-27.) In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

Notel The operating system ROM must be installed in the computer during the tests that follow, and paper must be installed in the printer.

Do not troubleshoot the home-switch circuitry unless the carriage is capable of moving through the home switch. If the carriage fails to move, the problem is located elsewhere.

..... 1. Verify the operation of the printer switch

panel if you have not already done so (refer to table 8-14).

2. Install a known-good home switch. Probe pin 46 of U28 on the logic B peA while you press the top-oE-form button (the square, white button on the switch panel).

3. Probe pin 6 of U34 on the logic B PCA while you press the top-of-form button.

4. Check the voltage on pin 5 of U34 on the logic B PCA.

5. Probe pin 7 of U34 on the logic B PCA while you press the top-of-form button.

I

e. Press the LF and then the FF key.

7. Run the printing self test by turning off the power, pressing the LF key and holding .t down, and then turning the power on.

I Indlat_ Action

If the pin does not pulse high for about two sec­onds and then return low, replace U28.

If the pin does not pulse low for about two sec­onds, and then return high, replace U36 on the logic B PCA.

If it isn't in the range 4.75 to 5.25 Vdc, check Ie U34 on the logic B PCA and its associated resis­tors, and replace ~ required.

If pin 7 is low, and then pulses high several times, this indicates that the home-switch cir­cuitry is working properly. If the home-switch is good, IC U28 may be bad; if not, replace Ie U34 on the logic B PCA.

If the paper does not advance normally, go to table 8-20.

If the printer doesn't print the test pattern shown in figure 8-9, go to table 8-21.

Page 139: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.... Troubl •• hooting and Diagnostics Int .. ,.. Pe,..MI. COlnpu ....

Tldale 8·20. Troubleshooting the 'aper-Advance Circuitry

Make sure that the paper motor is operational and that the switch panel is good, then proceed as follows. Use a logic probe in this procedure. (U you have not already done so, prepare the computer to troubleshoot the logic B PCA as desaibed in table 8-27.) In each 0/ these steps, always turn off the power be/ore you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

Note: The operating system ROM must be installed in the computer during the tests that follow, and paper must be installed in the printer.

Itep

1. Probe pins 1, 2, 3, and 48 of U28 on the logic B peA, each in turn, while you press the LF or FF button on the switch panel.

2. Probe pins 2 and 16 of U29, and pins 2 and 16 of U30 on the logic B peA, each in turn, while you press the LF button for a few seconds.

3. Run the printing self test by turning off the power, pressing the LF key and holding it down, and then turning the power on.

I Indlated Action

Each pin should toggle several times. If any pin does not toggle, replace U28.

Each pin should toggle several times. If any pin doesn't toggle, replace the corresponding Ie.

If the printer doesn't print the test pattern shown in figure 8-9, go to table 8-21.

TIl .... 8-21. Troubl •• hootlng the Prlnthead Circuitry

To troubleshoot the printhead circuitry, make sure the printhead and carriage assembly are func­tional, then proceed as follows. Use a logic probe in this procedure. (If you have not already done so, prepare the computer to troubleshoot the logic B peA as described in table 8-27.) In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

Note: The operating system ROM must be installed in the computer during the tests that follow, and paper must be installed in the printer.

Itep

1. Probe pins 1 through 5 of U36 and pins 1 through 7 of U37 on the logic B PCA, each in turn, during the printer self test. (Tum off the power, press and hold the LF key, tum the power on, and release LF.) Each pin should toggle as the unit attempts to print.

Note: Pin 5 ·on IC U36 will toggle on only a few of the printed lines.

2. Using an oscilloscope, check the signals on pins 12 through 16 of U36 and pins 10 through 16 of U37 on the logic B PCA while you run the printing self test. (If an oscilloscope is not available, a logic probe can be used to see if the voltages on each pin are toggling.)

I Indicated Action

If any of the pins fail to toggle, replace U28 on the logic B PCA.

If the pulses on any of the pins are not narrow and negative going, from about + 24 V dc to logic ground, replace the corresponding IC.

Page 140: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

lilt ...... Per ... e. Compu ....

Table "22. Adv"", the PrI ........

If the printer stops printing after a few lines, the printhead probably needs activation. Follow the procedure below.

WAlifllNa

The ink in the printhead contains diethylene glycol. It is harmful if swallowed. If ink is swallowed, induce vomiting, and contact a physician.

CAUTION

Be careful not to puncture the ink bladder with the paper dip when activating the printhead. If punctured, the ink will leak out, possibly causing damage to the computer.

..... 1. Open the printhead carrier 1atc~ by pushing

it down.

2. tift the printhead out.

3. Straighten a section of a paper dip.

4. Hold the printhead so the shiny print plate faces up.

S. Insert the paper dip into the hole at the bottom of the printhead. Push gently until a bead of ink appears on the print plate .

.. Remove the paper clip. Wipe off the print plate with a soft tissue.

7. Insert the printhead into the carrier. Oose the latch by lifting it up. Make sure that the latch is fully dosed.

•• Repeat the printing self test.

I Indiutecl Action

If the printhead still won't print after you have activated it, replace it.

Note. Any time you replace the printhead, you should also replace the absorber (the small rectangular pad op­posite the printhead when in the home position). A new absorber comes with each new printhead. ·Insert a pencil in the hole at the top of the absorber and lift it out. Reinsert the new absorber in the mounting dip.

Page 141: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.... Troubl •• hootlng and Dlagno.tIc. Integr.1 P.r ..... COm ...... r

TIl .... "23. Trou .. I .... ooting the S,atem Clocks

Use the following procedure to troubleshoot the system docks. (If you have not already done so, prepare the computer for troubleshooting as described in table 8-27.) Always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

Not., If a clock signal is missing elsewhere in the computer circuitry, troubleshoot the cor­responding system clock. For example, if the 4-MHz dock signal is missing, troubleshoot the 4-MHz clock starting at step 3.

Step

1. 7 ...... Hz Clock: Check for a 7.96-MHz signal (7.952 to 7.968 MHz) on pin 9 of U2 on the logic A PCA.

2. So.Hz, "MHa, and 12·"Hz Clocks: Check for the 3-MHz, 6-MHz, and 12-MHz signals on pins 6, 2. and 3, respectively, of U9 on the logic B PCA. The ranges are as follows:

3 MHz: 2.997 to 3.003 MHz 6 MHz: 5.994 to 6.006 MHz 12 MHz: 11.988 to 12.012 MHz

3. 4-MH. Clook: Check for a 4-MHz signal (3.996 to 4.004 MHz) on pin 13 of U46 on the logic B peA.

4. 2·IIH. Clock. Check for a 2-MHz signal (1.998 to 2.002 MHz) on pin 5 of Ul6 on the logic B PCA.

I Indloated Action

If the 7.96-MHz signal is not present, check for a 15.92-MHz signal (15.904 to 15.936 MHz) on pin 11 of U2 on the logic A PCA.

• If the 15.92-MHz signal is present, replace U2 on the logic A PCA. If the trouble is still not corrected, replace the logic A peA.

• If the 15.92-MHz signal is not present, re­place U 1 on logic A peA. If the trouble is still not corrected, replace the logic A peA.

If any frequency is missing or incorrect, check for a 24-MHz signal (23.976 to 24.024 MHz) on pin 4 of U9 on the logic B peA.

• If the 24-MHz signal is present, replace U9. If the trouble is still not corrected, replace the logic B peA.

• If the 24-MHz signal is not present, check e13 for a short, check R4 for an open, then (if necessary) replace Ul4 on the logic B PCA. (Refer to figure 12-5.) If the trouble is still not corrected, replace the logic B PCA.

If the 4-MHz signal is not present, check for a 12-MHz signal on pin 2 of U46 on the logic B PCA.

• If the 12-MHz signal is present, replace U46 on the logiC B peA.

• If the 12-MHz signal is not present, go to step 2.

If the 2-MHz signal is not present, check for a 4-MHz signal on pin 3 of U16.

• If the 4-MHz signal is present, replace U16.

• If the 4-MHz signal is not present, go to step 3.

Page 142: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

..................... c .... p .... ,

,...... 1·24. Troulll •• hooting DTACI( ... d Int ....... 't ........... Use the following procedure to troubleshoot DTACK and interrupt problems. In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

DTACK ............

The DTACK (data transfer acknowledge) circuitry is located on the logic A PCA. If this circuitry does not correctly decode DTACK signals, an error message will occur. Follow steps 1 and 2 below.

.tep

t. If any of the error messages below appear, repeat the test.

*** Received no OTACK from the aisc. *** Received no OTACK from the display. *** Received no OTACK from the HP-IB. *** Received no CTACK from the keyboard. *** Received no CTACK from the MMU, *** Received no CTACK from the prin1er. *** Received no DTACK from the RAM~ • *** Received no CTACK from the R.al Time Clock. *** Received no CTACK from the speaker.

2. If the error message reappears, a problem with the DTACK circuitry is probable.

Interrupt lnor.:

J Indlateel Action

Replace the logic A PCA.

An interrupt error may be caused by a problem in the interrupt-encoding circuitry on the logic A PCA, the circuitry on the logic B peA, or an internal or external peripheral. If an interrupt error message appears, follow the procedure below to isolate the problem.

The interrupt encoder IC (U60 on the logic A PCA) reads the logic states of its seven input pins (pins 4, 3, 2, 1, 13, 12, and 11) and encodes a three-bit interrupt level on its output pins (pins 6, 7, and 9). (See figure 12-1.) The input and output pins are actit'e low. The table below shows how the the output-pin states correspond to the input-pin states for a currently-active interrupt (H =- high, L-low, X-don't care). For example, if the input pins have the states "'HHLHHHH", the output pins should have the states "'lHL'" indicating interrupt levelS.

Note: An interrupt may have previously occurred (resulting in an error message), but may not be currently active.

If more than one U60 input pin is low, the highest-level interrupt has priority. For example, if U60 input pins 13 and 2 are both low, only interrupt levelS will be active. The output pins will indicate "'LHL"'.

Page 143: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8·80 Troubl •• hoot'ntI and D'.gnostlc. 1m ...... ".,eon •• Colllpute,

Tabl. 8·24. Troubl •• hooting DTACK and Interrupt Probl ..... (Continued)

UIG Input Pins UIG Output Pins Int_rupt Level 4 3 2 1

L X X X H L X X H H L X H H H L H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H

13 12

X X X X X X X X L X H L H H H H

Step

11

X X X X X X L H

• L L L L H H H H

1. Set up the computer to troubleshoot the logic A PCA (refer to table 8-27). Determine the logic states of the U60 input and output pins with a logic probe. Compare the input and output with the above table.

2. Take the action indicated for the specific er-ror message below:

*** ERROR - INTERRUPT LEVEL 1 occurred when it should not have.

*** ERROR - REAL TIME CLOCK interrupt error.

*** ERROR - INTERRUPT LEVEL n occurred when it should not have. Where n == 2 or 7.

*** ERROR - INTERRUPT LEVEL n occurred when it should not have. Where n =- 3 through 6.

*** ERROR - Disc interrupt error.

I

7

L L H H L L H H

8

L H L H L H L H

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

No Interrupt

Indicated Action

If the output-pin states do not correspond cor­rectly to the input-pin states, replace U60.

If the output-pin states do correspond correctly to the input-pin states, go on to step 2.

Substitute a known-good logic B PCA; replace if necessary. If the problem persists, replace the logic A PCA.

Substitute a known-good. logic B PCA; replace if necessary. If the problem persists, replace the lOgiC A PCA.

Substitute a known-good keyboard; replace if necessary. If the problem persists, replace the logic A PCA.

Remove, one at a time, any peripherals and in­terfaces that are connected to the computer. Repeat the test after each removal.

• If the problem is corrected, troublesboot the defective device.

• If the problem persists, substitute a known­good logic B PC A; replace if necessary. If the problem persists, disconnect the I/O backplane PCA. If this corrects the problem, replace the I/O backplane PCA; otherwise, replace the logic A PCA.

Substitute a known-good logic B PC A; replace if necessary. If the problem persists, replace the logic A PCA.

Page 144: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Interrupt "fum.On ProIa ......

If the computer does not turn on, but the fuse and the power supply are good, an intenupt problem may be preventing the computer from powering up. Follow steps 1 through 4 to isolate the problem.

I ....

1. Remove any external I/O interfaces and re­peat the tum-on test.

2. Disconnect the keyboard and repeat the test.

3. Disconnect the I/O backplane PCA, the HP-IB ribbon-cable assembly, and the key­board-connector assembly. (each in turn) repeating the tum-on test after each.

4. Substitute known-good logic boards, one at a time. Substitute logic B first, then logic A, repeating the tum-on test in each case.

I If the computer turns on, isolate the problem to an individual interface, then troubleshoot the interface.

If the computer does not power up, go on to step 2.

If the computer powers up correctly, replace the keyboard assembly.

If the computer does not power up, reconnect the keyboard and go on to step 3.

If the computer powers up correctly after dis­connecting an assembly, replace the defective assembly.

If the computer does not power up, reconnect the assemblies and go on to step 4.

Replace the defective peA.

Table a·21. Trou ..... hootlng ExternallfO Pro .......

Use the following proc~ure to troubles~oot external I/O problems. In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or ~isconnect a cable or replace a component.

Note: To completely check the two I/O ports (A and 8) you must run two tests for each port: the external RAM test to check the data and address lines, and the serial mterface test to check the interrupt lines. The external RAM test is part of the service ROM tests (refer to section 8.5.3). The serial interface test is part of the service diagnostic disc tests (refer to section 8.5.4).

ltep

t. U you have not already done so, run the ex­ternal RAM test and the serial interface test for each port. Use a known·good memory module and serial interface for the tests.

2. Repeat the external RAM and serial inter· face tests.

I Incllclded Action

If either port fails one of the tests, unplug the I/O backplane PCA and plug in a known-good one (you don't need toinstail it yet).

If all of the tests are passed with the new I/O backplane peA, install it.

If any of the tests fail, replace the logic A PCA.

Page 145: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

... Troultl ............ 11 DI .. nost"a . Int ...... P ........ COIIIput_

,.. ...... 21. Troubleshooting til. Plug-In 11011 Auembly

Use the following procedure to troubleshoot and repair a ROM problem. In each of these steps, always turn off the power before you connect or disconnect a cable or replace a component.

Note. A ROM problem can prevent the computer from turning on. If the computer will not turn on, refer to table 8-2, lurn-On Problems."

Step

1. Turn on the computer with the operating system ROM installed.

2. Insert the service diagnostic disc and run the ROM test (refer to section 8.5.4).

3. Replace the ROM IC(s) identified as bad. It more than two ROM error messages appear, go to step 5 instead.

*** ERROR-3el (Ul-ROMeL on 0.5. ROM PCA)

*** ERROR-302 (U2-ROM1L on O.S. ROM peR)

*** ERROR-3eJ (U3-ROMeH on 0.5. ROM PCA)

*** ERROR-304 (U4-ROM1H on O.S. ROM peA)

*** ERROR-401 (Ul-ROM2H on Option ROM peR)

*** ERROR-402 (U2~ROMJH on Option ROM peA)

*** ERROR-40J (U3-ROM2L on Option ROM peA)

*** ERROR-404 (U4-ROM3L on OPtion ROM peA)

4. Repeat the ROM test.

5. Replace the operating system ROM PCA and repeat the ROM test.

I 1...uc.tecI Action

If the computer doesn't turn on, refer to table 8-2.

If the error messages *** The ROM Assembly failed. *** Checksum does not match. appear, the procedure depends on the operating system version:

• If the computer has the HP-UX System III op­erating system, there is no component-level repair. Replace the plug-in ROM assembly .

• If the computer has the HP-UX System Vop­erating system, the above messages will be followed by an error message identifying the defective IC. Proceed with step 3.

Replace Ul (ROM 0, low byte) on the operating system PCA.

Replace U2 (ROM 1, low byte) on the operating system PCA.

Replace U3 (ROM 0, high byte) on the operating system peA.

Replace U4 (ROM 1, high byte) on the operating system PCA.

Replace Ul (ROM 2, high byte) on the option ROM PCA.

Replace U2 (ROM 3, high byte) on the option ROM PCA.

Replace U3 (ROM 2, low byte) on the option ROM PCA.

Replace U4 (ROM 3, low byte) on the option ROM PCA.

If the problem is still not corrected, go on to step 5.

If the problem is still not corrected, replace the option ROM peA (if present).

Page 146: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integ,.. ......... , Com ...... ' Troubl.shootlng and D'.gnostics . 8-83

Table 8·27. Trouble.hooting Setup

This table gives the procedure to set up the computer for troubleshooting the logic A and logic B PCAs. As you proceed with the steps below, refer to chapter 6 ·Removal and Replacement' for the correct disassembly procedures .

• To troubleshoot the logic A PCA, perform steps 1 through 4.

• To troubleshoot the logic B PCA, perform steps 1 through 6 .

• lep

1. Turn off the pow~r and remove the power cord.

2. Remove the back cover from the computer (if you have not already done so).

3. Remove the operating system ROM assembly and install the service ROM assembly if you have not already done so. (Exception: Leave the operating system ROM installed if you are using the built-in printer diagnostic tests.)

4. Remove the metal shield to uncover the logic A PCA.

In this configuration you can troubleshoot the logic A peA.

S. Remove the six screws that hold the PCA mounting panel. Tilt the panel down and toward you (unhook the cable clip from the printer-mechanism cables). Support the panel to prevent any strain on the cables (see figure 8-10).

I. Now uncover the logic B PCA as follows: Remove the four screws holding the logic B shield. Carefully lift the shield, without detaching the display and printer cables. Support the shield in an upright pOSition with the printer cable clip (see figure 8-10) so that it will not fall on the PCA (possibly causing a short).

In this configuration you can troubleshoot the logic B PC.4.

• ... > •• ~ ......... .,..,

~ ____ Logic 8 PCA

..... ltI

:-..;! ... t---- ...... 8 PCA

Figure 8·10. Troubl •• hooting Setup

Page 147: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers
Page 148: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

9.1 Introduction

Chapter 9 Replaceable Parts

This chapter lists the replaceable parts and assemblies of the Integral Personal Computer (HP 9807 A).

9.2 Ordering Information To order replacement parts and assemblies, address your order or inquiry to Corporate Parts Center or Parts Center Europe. Specify the following information for each part ordered:

• Product model and serial number.

• HP part number.

• Part desaiption.

• Complete reference designation, if applicable.

9.3 Illustrated Parts Breakouts The rest of this chapter identifies the replaceable parts of the Integral PC. Replaceable mechanical parts and assemblies are identified in exploded views. Replaceable electronic parts are identified in component location diagrams. For each illustration, a corresponding table gives the part numbers and descriptions.

Page 149: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

:! III

I • . .6 . "II ; ! n It

I ~ • : i :c .. M ... [ I < f

-- .~ ~ ----------- ~-.

--------- ~-

-----~----- -/-~B ____ _ /-:~ --

-- -----

Z :II • '!. • I i .. i

i ; -l

I r I

Page 150: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

In ....... P-.-I Com ......

,......1·1. Front ea .. A ......... ' Repa.c ...... Perta ......... Hit Pert De8lgutlon Nu ........ Deacriptlon Qu.ntity

Al 00095-60920 ASSEMBLY, side support, left 1

A2 00095-60921 ASSEMBLY, side support, right 1

HI-6 0624-0631 SCREWS, 9-19 flto 0.375 6

MPI 00095-40011 CASE" &ant 1

MP200,201 00095-40044 CUSHIONS, paper door 2

00095-80046· FOAM 1

• The foam is not shown in figure 9-1, but it covers the air vent slots at the bottom of the front case. U~ industrial tape (0460-J797) or equivllent to secure the foam.

Page 151: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

; ! a i II­• : l-e .. M ,. I c i" •

/

H103

H91 / /H104

. I \f If ~~~. / H9B/ ~P65 ~P68 J \

~~~~--~~/ ,', ~~ - • - I

-------

~~ ---- ~-'.

\

MP64

----. \ \ \

\

MP61

! H93 MP62

H95 /

.~ f

H96

MP69

JI • I. -I • I .. i

I i r I

Page 152: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Int ............... CoInputM'

,..... 1·2. Front DIM A .... bly Repl ••• "'e .. arts

Ref ...... HP'-'rt Deecrlptlon Quantity ... 1 ....... Nu .... r

AI0 00095-60936 ASSEMBLY, keyboard connector 1

H91, 92 0515-1257 SCREw, back case 2

H93-96 0515-1259 SCREW, no M3 6.0LG 4

H97,98 0624-0634 SCREW, plastic 2

H99 0515-1251 SCREW, M3-10 SEMS 1

HI03-106 0515-1259 SCREw, TIO M3 6.0 LG 4

H204, 205- 3050-0393 WASHER, flat metal 2

MP62 00095-00006 BRACKET, disc 1

MP64,65 00095-40022 CUSHIONS, keyboard 2

MP67,68 0510-0958 RETAINER. cushion 2

MP69 09114-67511 ASSEMBLY, disc drive (new) 1 09114-69511 (exchange)

MP149, 150- 0380-1759 STANDOFF, hex 2

W4 00095-60014 ASSEMBLY, disc cable 1

• MPtSO and H20S are not shown in figure 9·2. They are located behind the logic PeA mounting panel as are MP149 and H204.

Page 153: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

MP23

~

H54'----.

MPI15 /'

MPII2

H52

. J...._. H56 l. H57

Figure 1-3. Logic Shield a •• embl, laploded Vie.

E4

~T_

MP26

MP2f

E3

MP22

H66

Page 154: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

....... _ .... P.rta .. 7

R ..... nce HP P.rt DHcription "'nUty .,. ...... on ....... E3 00095 .. 60953 ASSEMBLY, logic A (new) 1

00095 .. 69053 (exchange)

E4* 00095 .. 60952 ASSEMBLY, logic B (new) 1 00095 .. 69052 (exchange)

E5 00095-40033 ROM GUIDE 1

H48-66 0515 .. 1250 SCREW, TIO M3 5.4LG 19

MP21 00095 .. 00007 GROUND-PLANE 1

MP22 00095-00026 SHIELD A 1

MP23 00095-00028 SHIELD B 1

MP25, 26 00095-80043 INSULATOR, logic oo.rd 2

MP27,28 1252-0193 CONNECTOR, logic A/B 2

MP112 0400-0231 GROMMET, round 1

MP115 1400-1281 CABLE CL~~ kurly 10k 1

MP147 0380-1762 STANDOFF, hex M/F 1

W3 00095-60017 ASSEMBLY, display cable 1

0515-12591 SCREW, TI0 M3 6.0LG 6

00095-80103* ESD GUARD, Logic A and B (clear plastic) 1

0361-1186* SNAP RIVET, plastic 1

• All new and ecchange logic B PeAs are shipped with the standard version of the printer ROM (U32) installed in its socket. If you are servicinS a unit localized for Arabic. Hebrew, or J.pan .... refer to the reauembly note on pap 6·9 concemins localized printer ROMs.

t 'I'M six screws that hold the logic PCA mounttns panel to the chassis are not shown in fisure 9-3. They.re identified in figure 6-5.

* The dear plastk ESD guard and the snap rivet that holds it are not shown in figuze 9·3. (See figure 6-3.)

Page 155: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

:!! 'I ., ~

i .. • I !: c III )C

'!. :. I c

f H

H2"{ .. _. r~

H55

~_~H56 --------

:.

I I • I •

I I I •

Page 156: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

................. rta 8·.

TIda ....... a_ A ......... ' R ........... Parts

Reference HPP.- Description QUllnllty a.aigMtlon ....... .,

El 00095-60906 ASSEMBLY, power supply (new) 1 00095-69003 (exchange)

E2 00095-60919 ASSEMBLY, I/O 1

FLI 00095-60024 FILTER, power line 1

H22 0515-1246 SCREW, TIO M3 PATCH LOK 1

H23-38 0515-1259 SCREW, TIO M3 6.0LG 16

H39-50 0535-0031 NUT, hex M3 with washer 12

H51-54 0624-0633 SCREW, 6 by 19 4

H55,56 0515-1342 SCREW, M3-6 with lock washer 2

H201 2190-0597 WASHER, lock 1

H202 0535-0031 NUT, hex M3 with washer 1

MPI0 00095-00003 CHASSIS, bottom 1

MPII 00095-00004 COVER 1

MP12 00095-00013 SHIELD, power supply 1

MP13 00095-00029 BRACKET. ground 1

MP14, 15 00095-40019 GUIDES, card 2

MP16 00095-80011 INSULATOR. power supply 1

MPl1, 18 0380-1172 POST, jack (with washer) 2

MP19 0400-0231 GROMMET 1

MP20 1600-1420 BRACKET 1

MP21 00095-00037 BRACKET, I/O ground 1

WI 00095-60007 ASSEMBLY, power-cable harness 1

W2 00095-60098 ASSEMBLY, HP-IB ribbon-cable 1

Page 157: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

MP46

I

\

\

\ \

\ \

Hao

....... , ......... COII'p1d'"

I i

MP48

\~83 ;

Page 158: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integral ........... Computer

Ta.... .... .ront PrInter Rep ...... Parts ....... HPPart Deacrlption Quntlty ""ilnlltion H ....... '

A6 00095-60922 ASSEMBLY, switch cover 1

H79 0515-1257 SCREW, switch cover 1

HSO, 81 0515-1383 SCREW, M4-14 PATCH LOK 2

H83 0624-0634 SCREW, plastic 1

MPS 00095-80024 LABEL, paper door 1

MP46 00095-60944 ASSEMBLY, paper door 1

1400-0401* CABLE TIE 1

1400-1281* CABLE CLAMP, I<urly Lok 1

MP48 02225-60908t ASSEMBLY, printer mechanism 1

• The cable tie and cable clamp an! not shown in &gure 9·5. They are used to resttain the printer mechanism. cables (see figure 8-10).

t The printer mechanism assembly includes all printer mechanical parts including the moton and cables.

Page 159: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8.12 ..... 11ICeIIII1 .... ,.. Int..,a. P ........ ConIputer

&H "~

~r~----------------------~~~V //

t:-o _

MP111

-r H206 If \..::MP36 U_---ef"H2 •.

MPS2

P55

--~-:~~H10a

\ \

MP 70

Figure •••• Front A ••• mbll •• Exploded View

Page 160: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

1 .................... 0 ........ ' ...... 110 ....... nw .... -a

T .......... ront A ••• mbl ............... P8rtta

........... HP Part Description Quantity

...... tIon ........ , A8 00095-60907 ASSEMBLY, display (new) 1

00095-69004 (exchange)

H76 0515-1249 SCREW, no M3 8lG 12

H84 0515-1259 SCREW, T10 M3 6.0LG 2

H88 3050-0393 WASHER, FL MTLC 2

HI08 0624-0630 SCREW, #4, 0.250 plastic 1

HI09 3050-1206 WASHER, flat, 0.13810 1

H206, 207 0510-0015 E-RING 2

H208, 209 3050-0480 WASHER, spring 2

H210 0515-1259 SCREW, dashpot bracket 1

MP31, 32 00095-00015 UD, bottom latch 2

MP33 00095-00016 UD, carrier plate 1

MP36 00095-60162 UO, bail 1

MP37, 38 00095-40036 LATCH, button 2

MP39,40 00095-80019 LATCH, top slide pad 2

MP41,42 00095-80020 LATCH, bottom slide pad 2

MP43 1440-0168 HANDLE, spring glide 1

MP44,45 1600-1429 RETAINER, spring glide 2

MP46,47 00095-00032 CAP, end 2

MP48,49 00095-00031 LID, top latch 2

MP50 00095-00020 CLAMP, pivot 1

. MP51 00095-40007 BUTTON, Sony A 1

MP52 00095-40008 LATCH, display B 1

MP53 00095-40009 BUTTON, power 1

MPS4 00095-40024 PAD, tolerance 1

MP55 00095-40028 BEZEL, disc 1

MP56 00095-80013 SPRING, power 1

MP57 00095-80017 BRACKET, dashpot 1

MP58 1460-2085 SPRING,5B 1

MP66 00095-40003 ASSEMBLY, lid 1

MP10 00095-60926 ASSEMBLY, display bezel 1

MP13 00095-80016 SCREW, dashpot 1

MP74 1520-0246 DASHPOT 1

MP171, 172 00095-8{)t 17 INSULATOR, carrier plate 2

MP205 00095-80089 SPRING, display panel 1

MP210 00095-00011 SPRING, display latch 1

Page 161: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

H121--;~~ ~

' ~ /' " . MPII9 '. MPI19

MP206' ~H128 MP 120'

Fllure 1·7. Kevboard Exploded Vie.

Page 162: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

................... Computer

..... "7. K.V ...... Replac •• bl. p..u

Ref ...... MPhrt Description Quantity ......... Ion Number

A21· 00095-60908 ASSEMBLY, Keyboard, US 1 00095-60909 UK 00095-60912 German 00095-60913 French 00095-60914 Italian 00095-60957 Swedish 00095-60958 Finnish 00095-60959 Danish 00095-60960 Norwegian 00095-60961 German Swiss 00095-60962 French Swiss 00095-60963 Belgian 00095-60964 Euro-Spanish 00095-60965 Japanese 00095-60980 Arabic 00095-60981 Hebrew

H127-132 0515-1251 SCREW, M3 10 SEMS 6

H133t 0515-1259 SCREW, TIO M3 6.0LG 1

H134, 135 0624-0630 SCREW, #4 0.250 plastic 2

MP117 00095-40015 CASE, top 1

MPl18 00095-40016 CASE, bottom 1

MP119-122 00095-40020 FEET, keyboard 4

MPl23, 124 00095-40031 BUTION, keyboard 2

MP125 00095-60034 ASSEMBLY, left keyboard leg 1

MP126 00095-60035 ASSEMBLY, right keyboard leg 1

MP206 00095-80047 LABEL, keyboard 1

W6 00095-60101 CABLE, keyboard 1

• Additional keyboards may become available.

t On early production units a 5.5 mm het nut is used to IeC'1.Ue the ground IuS.

Page 163: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

"II • I: ; • .. · .. :l-

i • M '!. l l c i" •

. .. ~.'- .... -'"

5 6 I I

41 ~ 3538 6

- --6

, • • a

t • I :I •

I I

f .1

I

Page 164: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

R ............ Parts 8·17

........... PrInter ............. hrt8

In ........... HP .... DHcrlptlon Qu.ntfty ...... 1 0510-0952 RETAINER, E ring 2

2 02225-0005 ARM, left bail 1

3 0515-1068 SCREW, MJ.OX.5X8.0 1

4 02225-20006 SHAFT, carriage 1

5 02225-20011 SPRING, left side 1

6 0510-0083 RETAINER, E ring 4

7 1410·0251 BEARING, sleeve 2

8 0624-0614 SCREW, 2-28X.250 2

9 02225-00012 SUPPORT, absorber 1

10 02225-40010 WHEEL, pin 2

11 02225-40030 WHEEL. grit 2

12 02225-40009 GUIDE 2

13 02225-40018 FRAME, platen 1

14 02225-60023 ASSEMBLY, home switch (opto switch) 1

15 0624-0623 SCREw. w /washer. home switch 1

16 02225-20009 SHAFt platen 1

17 3140-0791 MOTOR, paper 1

18 0624-0621 SCREw. 4-20X.37S 2

19 3140-0792 MOTOR, carriage 1

20 0490-1425 SWITCH, out-of-paper (reed switch) 1

21 0624-0611 SCREW, w /washer, SEM 2-28X.250 2

22 0624-0634 SCREW, 6-19X.SO 1

23 2190-0065 WASHER, Star #6 1

24 02225-80036 WIRE 1

25 02225-00016 SHIELD I magnetic 1

26 02225-80037 WIRE 1

27 2190-0009 WASHER, Star #8 1

28 0515-1879 SCREW, 4X.7XI0mm 2

29 0510-0015 RETAINER, E-ring 2

30 02225-40022 GEAR, idler 1

31 02225-40021 GEAR, cluster 1

32 02225-40023 GEAR, output P.D. 1 . 33 02225-20017 DOWEL 1

34 02225-20008 SPRING, right side 1

35 0510-0045 RETAINER, E-ring 5

36 02225-00004 ARM, right bail 1

Page 165: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

..... II ........... Parte • ....,.. ......... ConIputer

'-II ...... Printer Replace_.e Parla (Conti ..... d)

Ind •• Number HP Part lInerlp.lon Quan'", NUlllber

37 02225-20018 DOWEL, bail shaft 1

38 02225-20001 ROLLER, pinch 2

39 02225-60909 ASSEMBLY, carriage 1

40 02225-40005 CLIP, flex circuit 1

41 02225-20007 SHAFf, bail 1

43 02225-60908* ASSEMBLY, printer mechanism 1

• The printer mechanism assembly includes aU printer mechanical parts including the moton and cables.

Page 166: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Int .. ,.. ... ,... .... Comput. .... .. 0. ............. a

Page 167: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

l c ., ,. p. a : .. • • : I !: f ... .; i'

I f •

Ht8

MP1

MP148

G--. .• -/

H19

; I I I j

i I

f

I

Page 168: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

,...... ........ , A ......... R ........... 111111.

lief ..... H .... 8ft ............ .... ... , .... criptlon QuntItr

PI 2110-0043 FUSE, I.SA (115 Vac) 1 2110-0496 FUSE, O.SA (230 Vac)

H3-6 0515-0259 SCREW, I/O cover 4

H1-10 0515-1247 SCREW, chassis 4

HIS, 19 0515-1263 SCREW, back-case 2

MPl,2 00095-00001 I/O cover, blank 2

MP3,4 00095-40037 LATCH, ROM door 2

MP9 00095-40002 DOOR, ROM 1

MP116 2110"()565 CAP, fuseholder (115 Vac) 1 2110"()S67 CAP, fuseholder (230 Vac)

MP148 00095-40001 BACKCASE 1

0535-0031- NUT, hex M3 with washer 1

RAlt ROM ASSEMBLY 1

• nus nut is located in front of the lIO backplane PCA (see figure 6-29a). It is not shown in &sure 9-9.

t'1'he System V ROM assembly can be serviced to the component leYel. Refer to table 9-10 to identify the replaceable parts. The System UI ROM UMmbly cannot be serviced to the component Jeye!. The System UI replacement usembly number is 00095·60937. When you replace a System 111 ROM assembly )IOu should Also replace the plastic ROM cover (00095-40043).

Page 169: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

1 ...... 1 __ ...-._ eo ...... '

1

2

3

4

7

Figure l·fO. Sv.te .. V ROM A •••• bl' Exploded Vie.

Page 170: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

1 ............... 00 ....... ...... _ ..... Pam .. 23

Ta .... "10. S, ..... V 110M A ....... ' ............. Put.

......... u .... , HP ... ,. DMcription Quantity ..........

1· 82991-80003 LABEL, ROM (82991A) 1 82995-80001 LABEL, ROM (82995A)

2 82991-40002 CASE, top 1

3t PeA, option ROM 1

4 82991.-60901 PeA, operating system ROM 1

5, 6 82991-40003 HANDLE 2

1 82991-40001 CASE, bottom 1

• Then 1ft two labels for the System V ROM UHmbly. The HP 82995A ROM Assembly, currently supplied with the computer, has l.bel part number 82995-80001. The HP 82991A ROM AMembly, which comes with the System V upgrade kit, has label part number 82991-80003. Both UMmblies are identical and contain the same parts. except the label.

t An option ROM PCA may 01' may not be present in the System V ROM UMmbly. No option ROM peA is available at the time of publication. When an option ROM PCA becomes available, • service note will be issueci.

Page 171: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

8-14 R ............ Part.

o

o o

o

o

o o 0

o o o o

,p : o

o

o o

o o

o 0

o o 0

o 0

o 0 o

D o

o

o

o

o

o D

o

D

o

o

, ....... 1·11. Logic A PeA Component· Location Diagram

o

o o

o

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o g ~ o o o o o o o o o o o a

o

Page 172: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

................. c .......... ............. PIII'ta 8·2S

,..... "11. Logic A PCA R ..... c ...... Ilecllonie Parts

.......... HP Part ............ lIu ........ Description

13, J4 1600-1432* CONNECTOR~ ROM

U1 1813-0467 INTEGRATED CmCUIT, clock oscillator, 15.92 MHz

U2 1820-3493 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, SN74AS74N

U20-35 1818-3308 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DRAM, 256K-byte

U59 1826-0180 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, timer, 555

U60 1820-1851 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, interrupt encoder

• This part number is for. strip of 20 pins. Each ROM connector (J3 and J4) has 20 piN.

Page 173: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Figure 8-12. Logic • peA Component-Location Diagram

Page 174: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Replaceable..... 8-27 •

,... .. I-t2. Logic. peA R.pl ....... Ilectronic Parts

R ..... c. HP Part Description a. ....... lon N ..........

Dis,..,

Ul lLL3-000S INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, GPU

UI0 1820-1112 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, SN74LS74AN

U13 1820-1197 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, 74LSOO

HP ...

U41 1820-2548 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, 9914, HP-IB

U42 1820-2485 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, SN75160A

U43 1820-2547 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, SN75162A

Printer

C26, 27 0180-3314 CAPACITOR, 1 I'F, SOY

CR8,9 1901-0693 DIODE, IN4934

U27 ILG8-0001 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, RAM, lK-byte

U28 lLJ7-0015 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, control, printer

U32· lLG7-0064 IC, printer ROM (standard) lLG7-0078 IC, printer ROM (Arabic) 1 LC7-0079 Ie, printer ROM (Hebrew) 1 LC7-0080 Ie, printer ROM ijapanese)

U34 1826-0412 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LM393N

U36, 37 1858-0099 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, transistor array

R ... ·TI ... Clock

U44 1820-2813 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, NS 58167 RTC

BTl 1420-0338 BATTERY,3V

..... ., LSI 9164-0251 SPEAKER, 75 db min, 9V

U40 1826-0346 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LM 358

S, .... Clocks

U9 1820-3375 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, SN74LS193N

U14 1813-0427 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, clock oscillator, 24 MHz

U16 1820-1112 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, SN7 4LS7 4AN

U46 1820-1430 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, SN74LS161AN

• Th. standard printer ROM (lLC7-G064) is used for aJllanguages except Arabic, Hebrew, and Japanese. If you are Sltrvic:ing a unit localized for one of those languages, refer to the reassembly note un page 6·9.

Page 175: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

C2 01 ~Q' ~ 0 O~2'+ 0 ~:::piiiiiiiiii~======:l{"~_-...J6_C_R2 ..... 0 ~ ~ us ;ka: 0 : ~ R4 .

~ tLf91m13 0:; [email protected] 48 A

0

0

o

~ R2 0 00·0 V CD m CR18 0 0 C2S. CR27 N

C7 CR17 O@8iBi5 Cll G Cl S n:r=7i1 ..J

't::::J CJ . 0 ~ ~OOO:OO ~ + _ ~ Q7CR27~ ~"'_ I~o 0 U9 ®

o ~L~~go.Gj :'fe @aCl~ 1~~VR3;O o If. ~C'3 L4 ~5

G-i RS te~-0 G:4R3S ~ ~ G1 R33~'~ ~ ~ L2 ~ 0 0 G-i R34 ~~ .. CR25

GHC]-E)CR20 GHC]-E) 0 Cl :;0 GHC]-E)CR19 ~ ~ +

I,

0 ,0 Cl'+ 0) Co C26

1 ~ aMP! lGiRs2 ~ o 0 L I~ r~5

O~CJ ..Jl

BR~

0

0

o T1 0 0 0

o o o L5

o

.i ...... 1·13. Power Suppl, PCA Component.Location Diagram

To-ao Top View

[91 ~ U3 ~ US TOP YEW

...--~

~

U8

Output

Input

Ground

U7 U8 CR34. CR31

Input Output Ground

Output Ground Output

Adjust Input Input

Page 176: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Int ...... Penon •• Computer R ........... Part. .. ••

TallIe "t3. Power Suppl, PeA Replaceabl. Ilectronic Parts

Reference HP Part D.scription Dealgnation Numb.r

Cl 0160-5093 CAPACITOR. 0.33 p.F

C4,5 0180-3509 CAPACITOR, 220 p.F, 2S0V

Cl3 0180-3510 CAPACITOR, 10 p.F, 35V

C16, 17 0180-3511 CAPACITOR, 33 p.F, SOV

C18, 19 0180-3610 CAPACITOR, 470 p.F

C20, 21 0180-3513 CAPACITOR, 470 p.F, 10V

CR1,2 1901-0731 DIODE, IN4004(S)

CR13 .1901-0831 DIODE, IN4937

CR19-22 1901-1065 DIODE, 1N4936

CR34 1901-1143 RECTIFIER, FE16F

CR35 1906-0300 RECTIFIER, 581660

CR36 1906-0306 RECTIFIER

Fl 2110-0642 FUSEHOLDER, extra post

11, 2 1251-6901 CONNECTOR, single contact"

L3 9140-0899 INDUCTOR, 1 mH

L4 9140-0931 INDUCTOR, 1 mH

L5 9140-0932 INDUCTOR, 100 I'H

Ql,7 1853-0573 TRANSISTOR, 2N6709, PNP

Q2, 5, 6 1854-1028 TRANSISTOR, 2N3904, NPN

Q3 1855-0510 TRANSISTOR, 1 RF830

Q4 1853-0563 TRANSISTOR, 2N3906, PNP

Q8 1884-0295 TRANSISTOR, TYP212

QI0 1884-0309 THYRISTOR, Triac

R49 2100-0567 RESISTOR, trimmer, 2 kll, 100/0

51 3101-2730 SWITCH, pushbutton, DPDT

S2 3101-2609 SWITCH, slide, DPDT

U2 1826-0412 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LM393N

U3 1990-1021 ISOLATOR, optical coupled

U4 1826-1208 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, MC34060

U6 1826-0418 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LM 7912CT

U7 1826-1216 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LT350AT

U8 1826-0106 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, 15 V regulator

UIO 1820-0439 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LM 723CN

VR3 1902-0656 DIODE, IN4754A 39V

Page 177: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

......... _ ._...__ Computer

1"111»1. 9-13. 'ower Suppl, PeA Replaceable Electronic 'arta (Continued)

Refer.nce NP' .. Description Dealgnldion Number

VR4,S 1902-1486 DIODE, INS388B, zener

VR9,32 1902-0952 DIODE, zener (S.6V, O.4.W)

VR30, 31 1902-0644 DIODE, IN5363B

5180-1501- INSULATOR SHEET

• The insulator sheet goes between the heat sink and the following components: U6, U1, CR35, and U8.

Page 178: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Int •• ,aI .......... Oemputer

00000000000000000000 ~~O OC4- 0 0

0

gg gg gg g RDTACK 0 o

g goo g g g g g 0 C5 0 g g 00 00 00 0 00 00 0 00 00 00 00 00

U1 0 00 00 00 0 00 000 00 U2 00 ~3 00oU4 0 00 0 00

06 00 0 00 000 0 00 0 00 o 00 0 00 000 0 00 00 o 00 0 00 00 00 00 0

0 0 g g g g goo g us ~O~"'I

o 0 00 °00 00 0 J1 U'-ROMO~ U2-ROM'~ U3-ROMOH U4-ROM1H J2

00000000000000000000

PI ..... "14. Opending Spt ... ROil PCA COIIIponent-Location Dla.ram

,...... 1-14. Operating· ., ...... 11011 peA R.plac •• ble Electronic Parts .... , ... HPPm Description

Des~OII Nu ......

UI 82991-60907 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, V-ROM 0 L

U2 82991-60908 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, V-ROM 1 L

U3 82991-60909 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, V-ROM 0 H

U4 82991-60910 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, V-ROM 1 H

Page 179: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

0

0 0 00 oC] 00 0 ~ 0 00 00 00 0 0 00 00 00 o J2 Cl 0 0 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 0 0 0 U1 00 U2 00 U3 00 U4 0 0 0 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 00 0 00 00 0 0 0 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 0 00 0·0 0 00 0 0 0 00 0 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 00 00 0

0 U1-ROM2H OU2-ROM3H OU3-ROM2L OU4-FRlM3LO

'1 .... 8·15. Option ROM peA Component-Location DbIg,am

Note. The part number of the option ROM PCA, and the part numbers for its components, depend upon which option is present. No option ROM PCAs are available at the time of publication. When an option ROM peA becomes available, a service note will be issued cov­ering the part numbers and other service information.

Page 180: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

1 0.1 Introduction

Chapter 10 R'eference

This chapter provides some additional information that you will find helpful in troubleshooting and repairing the Integral PC.

10.2 Additional Technical Information You may want to refer to the following manuals and Ie data sheets for additional technical information:

• MC68000UM (AD3) User's Manual by Motorola.

• Micro-Floppy Disc Theory of Operations Manual by Sony.

• Miao-Floppy Disc Service Manual by Sony.

• FOC 2797 Floppy Disc Controller Data Sheet by Western Digital.

• HP 2225 Series ThinkJet Printer Service Manual.

Note: The printer in the Integral PC is a modified version of the HP 2225B ThinkJet Printer.

10.3 Keyboard Identification The keyboard identification codes for the localized keyboards are listed in table 10-1. The codes are contained in the keyboard as a row of diodes built into the key matrix. The code is decoded by the keyb0ard controller.

Page 181: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

10-2 Reference IntegNI Pen ..... C .......... '

,.. .... 10-1. K.yboard Id.ntilcation Cod ••

NaUonllIIty • dentlftClltion ,he •• declmal)

US BF

German AF

UK B7

French BB

I<atakana BD

Latin Spanish BE

Canadian English A7

Italian A8 Dutch AD Swedish AE European Spanish B3

Belgian (Flemish) B5 Finnish 86

Swiss German 84 Norwegian BA Danish Be Swiss French 82

10.4 Connector Pin Assignments This section gives the pin assignments for the ROM receptacle connectors, the logic A to logic B bus connectors, and the I/O backplane connectors.

Page 182: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

........ - ......... eon.uter ......... 10-3

10.4.1 The ROM Receptacle

The plug-in ROM assembly plugs into the ROM receptacle on the logic A PCA. This receptacle has two rows of pins, connector J3 and connector J4. Table 10-2 gives the pin assignments. For a discus­sion of the ROM bus signals, refer to section 5.5.2.

..... ...... 1111.13 _I.t .14

1 Al 03

2 A2 02

3 A3 04

4 A4 01

5 AS 05

6 A6 DO

7 A7 06

8 A8 07

9 A9 011

10 AIO +5V

11 All GND 12 Al2 010

13 Al3 012

14 Al4 D9

15 A15 013

16 A16 08

17 A17 014

18 ROMO 015

19 RDTACK ROM2

20 ROM 1 ROM3

Page 183: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.. 0-4 Reference ................ Computer

10.4.2 The Logic A to Logic B Bus Connectors

The logic A to logic B bus connects the I/O devices on the logic B PCA to the CPU on the logic A PCA. Table 10-3 gives the pin assignments for the connectors. For a discussion of the logic A to logic. B bus signals, refer to section 5.7.2.

Table 104. Logic A to .... Ic • aus Pin Connections

........ t ...... Iat Pin .... Ic A Connector J1 LogIc A Connector J2

Logic. Con--=tor J10 Logio • Connector J11

1 IBD7 IR6

2 IBD6 IRS

3 IBDS 1R4

4 IB04 1R3

5 [B03 IRI 6 [B02 PWRDN

7 IBOl SPKWR

8 [BOO HPIB

9 RESET RTC

10 [BAS PRNT

11 IBA4 DISP

12 IBAl DISC

13 IBA2 Wi 14 IBA1 RO

10.4.3 The 1/0 Backplane Connectors

The external I/O bus is transferred to the I/O backplane PCA by a 64-conductor ribbon cable. This cable extends from connector J6 on the logic A PCA to the I/O backplane peA. Table 10-4 gives the pin assignments for connector J6 in columns 2 and 3.

The I/O backplane PCA has two output connectors, one for port A and one for port B. Table 10-4 gives the pin asSignments for these connectors in columns 4 and S.

For a discussion of the external I/O bus signals, refer to section 5.8.2.

Note. The Integral PC supports the Level 0 Subset of the P-bus (the Personal Computer Group compatible bus) with the exception that the I/O backplane connectors provide the outer two rows of pins only (row A and row C).

Page 184: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

.......... 1 .....

_ .... to .... ,/0 .. ckp'_ Connector Pin AnI .........

........... ., ..... at OUtput Connectors

PI. (LogIc A PCA) (Port. A and 8)

Row A I Row C Row A I lIow C

1 GND +12V GND +12V

2 BAI +SV BAI +5V

3 BA3 BA2 BAJ BA2

4 BAS BA4 BAS BA4

5 BA7 BA6 BA7 BA6

6 BA9 BAS BA9 BAS

7 BAll BAIO BAll BAlD

8 GND BA12 GND BA12

9 BA13 BA14 BAt3 BA14

10 BAIS BA16 BAtS BA16

11 BAl7 BA18 BAt7 BAtS

12 BA19 BA20 BA19 BA20

13 BA21 BAl2 BA21 BA22

14 BAll GND BA23 GND 15 BDO BOt BOO BOI

16 B02 BOl B02 B03

17 Bo. BOS B04 BPS

18 B06 B07 B06 B07

19 BOS BD9 BOS B09

20 BOlO BOll BOlO BOlt

21 B012 B013 B012 B013

22 B014 BOIS B014 B015

23- NPSO NPSI NPSt GND 24- GND NBRESET NBDMARQi NBRESET

25 BR/NW NBAS BR/NW NBAS

26 NBUD NBLD NBUD NBLD

27- GND +5V GRIN GROUT

28 NBDTACK NBIMA NBDTACK NBIMA

29 NBIRO NBIR1 NBIRO NBlRl'

30 NBIR2 NBIR3 NBIR2 NBIR3

31 GND +5V GND +5V

32 -12V GND -12V GND

• For these pins only. th~ port A and B output connector pin usignments differ from those of connector j6 on th~ logic A PCA.

t NPS (port select) for port A is NPSO. NPS for port B is NPSI.

* Th~ NBDMARQ pins on th~ port A and B connectors ar~ tied tog~th~r.

Page 185: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

to .. R.f ....... • .....,. ......... CoIIIput.r

10.5 Error Message. Table 10-5 lists the self-test error messages generated by the operating system ROM. If an error mes­sage appears in the copyright window, refer to the indicated table ,for troubleshooting instructions.

Ta .... 10-1. Self-Teat Error ... _ ••

Irror ........

Rom checksum test error

OPtion rom checksum test error Ram test error on internal ram Ram test error on port __

ITa .... Num .. er

8-26

8-26

8-5

8-5

Table 10-6 lists the error messages generated by the service ROM. If an error message appears, refer to the indicated table for troubleshooting instructions.

TIl .... 10-8. S.rvic. ROil Error .... _ ••

Irror ....... .

*** Cannot execute test without a functional displa':l.

*** ERROR - Disc CRe error.

*** ERROR - Disc interrupt error.

*** ERROR - Disc record not found.

*** ERROR - Disc time-out error.

*** ERROR - Disc (W,.,R) data mismatch.

*** ERROR - Oispla':l RAM (R/W) error.

*** ERROR - Found devices on both loops!

*** ERROR - CPU time-out error.

*** ERROR '- incorrect key count.

*** ERROR - INTERRUPT LEVEL n occurred when it should not have.

*** ERROR - Ke,=,board received a framing error.

.*** ERROR - Ke~board received a loop error.

*** ERROR - Ke,=,board received an over-flow error. *** ERROR - Ke,=,board received a parit,=, error.

*** ERROR - Ke~board tiMe-out error. *** ERROR - Keyboard was not changed l or bad controller Ie.

*** ERROR - Lost data bit during read s.ctor command.

I ,.. .... Number

8-7

8-9

8-24

8-9

8-9

8-9

8-8

8-7

8-8

8-7

8-24

8-7

8-7

8-7

8-7

8-7

8-7

8-9

Page 186: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

'nIItIe 10... Servic. ROil Irror "e ___ (Continued)

Irror ........

*** ERROR - Lost data bit during write sector cOMmand.

*** ERROR - No .utoconfig returned by keyboard.

*** ERROR - No device detected on either loop.

*** No disc detected in unit. *** ERROR - No hard reset returned.

*** ERROR - No keyboard 10 received. *** ERROR - No loop back returned by keyboard.

*** ERROR - No poll com •• nd received.

*** ERROR - Not all keys responded with both (down and up) keycodes.

*** Possible printer failure~ t~y the test again.

*** Printer indicates (OUT OF PAPER).

R ........ 10-7

I Tabl. H.-., 8-9

8-7

8-7

8-9

8-7

8-7

8-7

8-7

8-7

8-13

8-13

*** ERROR - Pr in t er r ece i ved a FRNS. 0. t a -sen twas: 8-13

*** ERROR - Printer status. The status b':lte 8-13 reads:--------

* ** ERR 0 R - P r i n t e r s y s t era. The s tat usb ':I t e 8-13 r.ads:--------

* ** ER R 0 R - P r in t e r t est en d 0 f t ran s .. iss ion err 0 r . 8-13

*** Printer time-out error. ~13

*** ERROR - Pr obab I e REAL T I ME CLOCK fa i I ur e . 8-10

*** ERROR - REAL T I ME CLOCK fa i I ur e . 8-10

*** ERROR - REAL T I ME CLOCK in t e'r r UP t er r or . 8-24

*** Rece i vlltd no DTACK from the disc. 8-24

*** Rece i ved no DTACK f r ora the d i SP lay. 8-24

*** Received no DTACK froM the HP-IB. ~24

*** Received no DTACK from the keyboard. 8-24

*** Received no DTACK froM the MMU. ~24

*** Received no DTACK from the printer. 8~4

*** Received no DTACK from the RAM. ~24

*** Received no OTACK from the Real TiMe Clock. ~24

*** Rece i ved no DTACK frOM t he speak er . 8-24

*** ERROR - Supervisor portion of the MMU failed. 8~

Page 187: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Int ..... 1 Pe ..... 1 Colllputer

........ 1 ...... e",ice ROlllrror ......... (c.tInuecil

Irror ........

*** The disc in the unit is worn. Please r.place with a new formatted disc.

*** The disk is write protected. *** ERROR - The e~ternal RAM failed.

*** ERROR - The HP-IB (ailed. *** ERROR - The IC read do.sn't correspond to a ke'Wboard 10.

*** ERROR - The length of the index pulse is bad. *** ER~OR - There was a ti •• out waiting (or the index pulse.

*** ERROR - User portion of MMU failed.

*** ERROR - 120

*** ERROR - 121

*** ERROR - 122

*** ERROR - 123

*** ERROR - 124

*** ERROR - 125

*** ERROR - 126

*** ERROR - 127'

*** ERROR - 128

*** ERROR - 129

*** ERROR - 139

*** ERROR - 131

*** ERROR - 132

*** ERROR - 133

*** ERROR - 134

*** ERROR - 135

*** ERROR - 201

*** ERROR - 231

*** ERROR - 241

*** ERROR - 244

Ina .... N ..... b.'

8-9

8-9

8-5

8-12

8-7

8-9

8-9

8-6

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-8

8-13

8-12

8-10

Page 188: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Reference fO-.

Table 10-7 lists the error messages generated by the ROM test on the service diagnostic disc. (Refer to table 8-26 for all ROM service procedures.) The error messages generated by the I/O diagnostic tests are documented in the Integral PC Interface and Memory Module Assembly-Level Service Manual. The error messages generated by the bus expander test are documented in the HP 82904A Bus Expander Seroice Manual.

Ta .... to.7. Sent_ D ...... tIc DI.c Error •• _g •• Irrorll._. I Table Nu .... '

*** Th. ROM Ass .. mbl~ failed. 8-26

*** Checksum does not match.

*** ERROR-JS1 (U1-ROMel on O.S. ROM PCA) 8-26

*** ERROR-392 (U2-ROM1l on O.S. ROM PCA) 8-26

*** ERROR-39J (UJ-ROMeH on O.S. ROM PCA) 8-26

*** ERROR-394 (U4-ROMIH on O.S. ROM PCA) 8-26

*** ERROR-401 (U1-ROM2H on Option ROM peA) 8-26

*** ERROR-402 (U2-ROM3H on Option ROM peA) 8-26

*** ERROR-403 (U3-ROM2L on Option ROM peA) 8-26

*** ERROR-404 (U4-ROM3L on Opt ion ROM peA) 8-26

Page 189: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

11.1 Introduction

Chapter 11 Product History

'This service manual desaibes the Integral PC in its current configuration. However, the current con­figuration includes some changes from the original design. This chapter desaibes the design changes and tells how service procedures differ for early production units that do not incorporate the changes.

11.2 D •• ign Change. Several design changes have been made to improve the performance of the Integral PC and to reduce electromagnetic interference (EM!).

11.2.1 Logic peA Chang ••

Both the logic A PCA and the logic B PCA have been redesigned to reduce EM!. Multilayer circuit boards are now used, and certain components have been changed.

From a service standpoint this presents no problem. The part numbers given in chapter 9 are for the present (multilayered) versions of the logic PCAs, and for the present replacement components. Use these part numbers when ordering replacement components or PCAs for all repairs, regardless of which version of the PCA the computer originally contained .

.. ta. The old' and new versions of the logic A and logic B PCAs are compatible with each other. You only need to replace the defective PCA, even if the other PCA is not multilayered.

Refer to Service Note 9807-1 for further information about the logic PCA changes.

11.2.2 Display Flex Cable Chang ••

In current production units the display flex cable has been split and given a double wrap around the ferrite core fastened to the logic B PCA shield (see figure 6-8). Earlier units did not have this double wrap. If you need to replace the display flex cable, order the present, double-wrapped version (listed in chapter 9) regardless of the original cable that came with the computer.

Page 190: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

11·2 P~uct Hlatory

11.2.3 Shadow PCA Elimination

Early versions of the display assembly may have a small peA installed on the back of the assembly. This is the ·shadow PCA."' It contains circuitry to prevent ·shadows· from appearing on the display. This peA has been eliminated in the current display assembly since the shadow circuitry has been added to the display assembly main PCA. The two versions of the odisplay assembly are interchange­able. When replacing the display assembly, order the current assembly listed in chapter 9. For further information concerning this change, refer to Service Note 9807 A-6.

Note. Do not remove the shadow peA from a display assembly that has it, nor transfer the shadow PCA to a replacement display assembly that does not have it. Replace the entire dis­play assembly with an exchange assembly. The display assembly is a tuned assembly. It cannot be serviced to the component level in the field.

11.2.4 Power Supply Changes

Some minor component changes have been made to the power supply. Use the current replacement components (listed in chapter 9) for all power supply repairs. If you replace the power supply, use the current replacement PCA number listed in chapter 9. For additional information, refer to Service Notes 9807-2 and 9807-3.

11.2.5 Disc Drive Assembly Changes

The current 3th-inch disc drive assembly has a modified drive electronics PCA. However, the changes are internal to the assembly, and the new assembly is interchangeable with the original one. Order the current assembly (listed in chapter 9) whenever replacing a disc drive.

11.2.6 New Plug-In ROM A •• embly

Current production units come equipped with the HP 82995A ROM Assembly, which contains the System V operating system. Earlier computers were equipped with the System III operating system, but may be upgraded to System V by installing the HP 82991A System V ROM Upgrade Kit. All System V ROM assemblies can be serviced to the component level.

If you are servicing a unit equipped with System III and the diagnostic tests indicate a ROM failure, replace the ROM assembly. The replacement System III ROM assembly is part number 00095-60937. When you replace the System III ROM assembly, you should also replace the plastic ROM cover 0(00095-40043),

Page 191: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Chapter 12 Diagrams

This chapter presents schematic diagrams for the circuits on the logic A and logic B peAs, and for the power supply.

Page 192: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers
Page 193: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integral Personal Computer

+5V

,..llD PH Q~ 15.92 MHz' IB III

DSC OUTI"--+-'-~t ASH

U t U2

ITJ1J If~ +5Y _1

(2.3.4/1.) ....

R2

21" \5 eLK v v I

:::::::-C 5 T220Pf

A239 A22 A 2 I • A 2 a

AI9b7 AlB :: ~ . Al5Hi AI. At3 At2

2. l, 4/B 2. ]. 4/C} 1116

ill ... RJ~ _).; !~xJ],

\.2 U liB IT : tp : ~ • C4 1..1 ~14 ~~ Ul70 , ~,4 ~3 LS283

03 U57 : L K J I : ~~ un 02 Q4~16~--~r-+-~~~;-~HHB4 S4~ 01 G3 ll B] 53

r-- --t--t----i-14 A B Q 2 I I B 2 5 2 :i----t--t---..!J ....... RArr 01 ID, ,81 CO 51

i L.L-,,--l_-+-~ : : ., I

ill : :

(liD) Ii'

2/E , .... 2. 31 f

, ... J~ •

11 * . r --+-+--+-+<]0 I liT 0 I ~+------------'-.!.l!'L!.'40' • 2 5 4 , ....

.-+--+- 0 2 L S 3 7 3 Q 2 ''''' A I 4 d03 03 ""' CI3 )TID. 04 1l .... All

... 05 U'6 05 I~ el2 "D6 ' Q6:~ II. AI2

r-rr 01 01 :: "' C I I [JIoa G OB'~ " All

I--+-;--+ _____ ~_-~_-~Jrlrl--~ : • • •

1.2+-~~---r ,------. 1------r---t5V

680006B ~ Atl AtD

A9 AS

J~

5~t-!r-=r=-r-C-3-------------------tI2V : - ..... 22uf ~

I~:~ ~170 : +~y 1 M~; ~:28l ~ ~ U 5 5 16 ~ H F C t.l : ~: ~ U U ~2 Q~~+-~I~-+~J~~~'~--~~~~~ ~~~

t-II-' -I"--r---t14 R ~ ~ 2 I Y : B 2 :; 2

liT LSl73

U45

01 '"' C I 0 Q 21f-+_--------~~"!!."~AI 0 0] : ::,: c 9 04 2 'II" A9 05 . ~ II g 06 ,II '"' C 7

: .....,!,,-C 1 :::::::-C 2 .i.e 6 - C 6 2 • f22uF ---r'22uf '-I~O.OluF

l,4:. II ' D.luf

.be 4 "*-: T22UF

8~E-'~-----------~--------------12V

6.7. +E-:~-----------------------NC 9. 10

+5Y

+ 5 V

~R3 <;:'3.3K

U 7

I 3 iili L-.. ______ ..... II ...... 2 B GAt K

7406 r--_____ -y--'...5..~ 1 ...&..

747 '6 3 6' '~ 2 5

• I r '] i1 r 2 ...l1f I ...1.1 i

+5V

,>A9 <;'3. 3 K

t5Y

«>A 1 0 >3. lK

L51U

U60

17 HALT

~I~ ~: IPL2 ~IQ H IPLI AO~IPLO

• R !& ~ I 5 , A I 4 ,>R I 3 J....! 0" ;:-.~IK 11K S 1K '> IK -!-L..-~t~15""'----'

+Jv

A7~ AS· A5 A4

Allt A2 AI

D15~ 014 013 012

oll~ DID 09 08 07l§ 06 05 04 Ola 02 01 00

:C"" -+--if-----'~~R A .IT. Q 1 D, I B leo S I

112 : : I' , , 111 : :

1..2. iJ we IT : +1 V I ~A4 C4

,....t'''''---i-;-_4\-1NA lSI 70 : r--~"-...,: 4 A 3 L S 2 8 3

~ ~ ~ US 6 Ir : EGO ~ B : : ~ U 4 7 02 Q 4 IlfID-+-+~I-+-~-~~-:~---++1B 4 5 4 ~

cOt Q3 jl 83 S3 t--1--t----nR B Q 2 I B 2 S 2

-+--+---"'1~AA IT 01 110 ~ _________ ... Bt..t.D 51

2 I'

+ 5 V 12 II 4 L..-_____________________ +_-,

j . !H 8 A :;~ ' ... ~,o I 32 AL50U - IC3 U43 Ul6 I

2CO 2Y ~n ~ g 2 r~1 ,I--+-______ -+ _ __+__, 2C3ALSI53

'--r~ -:' fC2126 : 2~

~ ~ ~ "'~~...II..-a---A -L ---;, .... 11.Li3~ I mr

m U36 (, 1/111"11 +SY ~~r-------+----'---~ ~~

ALS04A t5V " ITI"16 _______ , ........... I'tI1 ...ll. mnr'r-=-+~-:f-+t-H- X I

r-+-~----------~II

or L S 3 73

UH

~;----------------II

Q 1 D

DB ~ " A6

OI~-------------+~II~'~C6 02 ." A 5 Q] ,:: C 5 04 2 '.11 A 4

~ ~ ~ ~ 'III ~ ~ Q 7 ~ ~ III C 3 08'~ • A2

• • , • ,

II : I ~ -* B 8 0 I A A 8 fi--------........... ~".~ C 2 2 i t B7 AlS245A A7 ,'::: A22 1'" 4 B 6 A 6 'II" C 2 I a= B5 AS '. A21 ~ ~ ~ U 5 4 ~ ~ 4 1111 g ~ t--- I B 2 A 2 ~ .:: C I 9 '- BI .I. AI • AI9

~1-________ ~19 :

, II R • .11 ~=--i2 B 8 0 I AS fi-----------~_:':_ .II-+C 18 ]"BIALS245AA7 ... AlB

1 ....... -J-.;401..jB 6 1 6 '". C I 7 "'"S" B 5 A 5 , III I I 7

''!!---..... 6!!-l:~ U53 U 4 'II' U~ t---~ 82 A 2 l.i II CIS '-..... 8 I A I 12 ... A I 5

'--____ --1 19 Ii ,~ A ~ It 3 ~ 3 K IT L=. 4 • ::::: C 3 a '5

"4 "]

E ... I'-Il----------~'C LK m IT L..ti4+llt---ttilJ--+-..... . ___ -,,--, + 5 V

122 6AlS041 Isl~~16/: Cu; ~ ~~.lI..'IJ.'.i,lfHC __ ~ ~s ~5 >~F '",11

'.111 g~

BEAA I~Ul !l41~Jb + V 4 U39 1---I-t---------...... ~C2B -=?- .--------+--+--1"---' U I 1 t ' '"~ C 2 3

A/i~lg~-------------------;_-----_r_T~r_--------------' ~ ,.. A2]

UDSr7--------------~~~----~------~r_t__r------------------+_+_~--------~-+_------+_~--_r_+--~-------------.'~II~ .. ~A26 mB ...1 '''' C26

: II ., A 2 9

4 )..U) 2 A L S 0 4 A 11 3)...U..Z..tA ~II'''L A 2 8

11l"'!~_-tr~+lUA UI51}¥1~:---+-I_--++_~ .... 5:)I-U-3'~kI3f/>n.;tQ.l-t-t~--.:II"f1 U42 ~8 m '",. C25

+5' +5Y OTACk In :~ I..l ~ t5~ I t5V tI2V--lFli1' '"' CI <>A5 <:>A7~. '~'AI2 t5V~ ~C2.C27,C3t <"']90 <;>]90 i !K I ~ ;". ~ r_ I I C55 '. AI,AB,CI4,A24.

7406 ~1406 -= -==- A21. All. e32

~ .ft ..1 1 -t2V It nf "'" ~A32 ~ I .~IW. ~ I L..--------------~----------4_----~--_+------~_;----~----~------~~--------_+----1_~--~~------------~.~ .:' .... C24,

~ nmr 1m nnn ~ (2.3. 4/H ([3 elK

n

2. 3/l 1/1

31M n

21M 3/P m

2. 31 A

mm

2. ] I S mr

2/T

m, fl1n' ~-" ~ (3/1

m mr 3/2 2. II U ]/Y

DI ....... 12-1

Fllur. '12·2. Logic A PCA-RAM, ROil Sch ....... c D ......

Page 194: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integr •• Person •• Computer

I.l/L~a~ ____________________________ _

liE .. fll5 .J8 tA '" ...11 18

5157 Lt:j2A t1Y cl U U52

I I rt+~~ J,. I 4Br·r

!Y t"-~----__ .ll.J81 AVl

2T .... 1l _____ JU81 BV!

lYiL­u lll

~~~~~~I'I'L~~------~I--~------~--~ __ ------~-4--------~~--_-----'---~-------~I-+--------r-~------__, I I I I I J I I I 1

~I ~

~r---'jl-1ru+~-~-+----1r+3i4~1l-5-;----'b~I~4h--5+----~113+14~1~1.5-4----,1341~4+1-5-+----r+llI4~lrI5-;----TI3~1-4+J--5~--113 14 liS

N~ MA R C .& WA A C If A A C IIA ii C IIA A C If A ii C If A A e MA A C

AS A A ~ AI A A ~ AS A 1 ~ lB A A m A 8 A 1 ~ A 8 1 1 :"!~ I. 8 1 1 I"I-L 1 B A A 17 5 5 ~ 1 7 S S ~ A 7 S S 17 S S 7 S S A 7 S S ~~~ 17 S S ~ 1 7 S S :~25&K11 :~2S6K11 g256K1I E! a2561x1 . h256K'1 EE :~2561(1I I' :~256J(11 :~256J(11 :~ISO ns :~15a ns :~15a ns ~ :~ISO ns :;150 ns E3E :~150 ns :~150 ns :~ISO ns :~ mr

1.3/F~'~UI;-~------~--------__ -4~ __ ~

tiT J-Imr'"-IL-+-'T""H~ U18U~ ~l' : ~ U J 5 -- ! ~ U 3 4 -- : ~ U J3 r- 1 2 U 3 2 ;:::; ~ ~ U 31 -- ! ~ U 3 0 r--r-! ~ U 2 9 H : ~ U 2 a 10 t= AO ::: AO t:: a ~ AD t::; lO r-Jt:: AO '-' AO

lOIN DOUT lOIN DOUT loIM DOUT lOIN DDUT iDIH DOUT IDIN BOUT lOIN DOUT IDIN DDUT

-----~~ U 4 2 \p . .......,..6 __ ..... llllT::.--t--t---..

.2D I~ I ~rt_r-r ___ ~15".~ ___ :1_4~~ __ IU4,.~ ___ ~14 __ ~ __ ~I~~~12 ___ 14 __ 4-__ ~1~2L-~_1_14 __ 4-__ .~I~I~~ __ 14 __ 4-__ ~t~l~~12 ___ 14 __ +-___ ~g~~I~ __ 1_4 __ r-___ 8v.~14 3/11 ~L_~U~I __________ ~~~ ___ -4~~~~~

14 I I I 1 1~--~·RA7 IT ~r--r.~T----r~I_r-I;----,~Ir+--~--~+4I--~--~-I~--+-_-~+I~~----~~II--+---~+411--4----. I 1~--**"I.Rl6 m~ 13 I. lIS 13 14 115 13 14 Its 13 1415 13 14 115 13 14 Its 1314115 13 14 II 5 I't-It---lt-IH,: ~ ~ K"nTfl'16 __ -+_+--+-_-+-__ ---J Ia ' W A ii C II M A A e W A if eMAii C II A A C II A ii C WA A C M A A C I~~--++IIA , 3 " II ~ II f-II-I AS A A f-"- AS A 1 ~ AS 1 A I"j.l.., AS 1 A ~~ AS 1 A ~ AI A 1 ~ AI A A j.l.., AS I. A ~~-+71'RA2 TIIS4500A-15 111" ~ 17 5 S I"~ 17 S S ~ 1.7 S S '1 S S 1.1 S S ~ '7 S S ~ A1 S S ~ 1.7 5 S

A...D...oo...--t-'HAlt 1U7 f"-'I---V :~256KI I t a256Kx I :;25&K1 t ~ ',6525 61(1 I : ~65256KI I ~ :~2561(1 t :~256K1 1 16 256K1 I AC~~ U 4 1IA61~~ t 14 I' II A5 i ~::::::::~ci & 1115 All 5 0 n 5 : ~ 1 5 0 n s : ~ I 5 a n s ~ ~ I 50 n s : ~ 1 SOn s : ~ I 50 n s : ~ I 5 a n s : ~ I 50 n s

1 ..... --+iI-II~ : ~ 1114 1; : t ::::::: : ~ U 2 7 ~~ H U 2 6 -- : ~ U 2 5 -- I. 2 U 24 ---J : ~ U 2 3 ~~! ~ U 2 2 ~ : ~ U 2 I ~ : ~ U 2 a IAt--++fIC , 3 III 3 '---' AO '1,-- AO ::: , 0 :: ~ ~ L..l. 10 "---' '0 C 10 := AO

~:~ 11121:: t lOIN DOUT l.D..lJlnoUTDIN DOUT lllDOUT lnu ~T lOIN DOUTDIMnOJLT lOIN OOUT

~::=::!:~C&O 1111 7~14 r l4 Sr14 .U14 1~14 2U14 I U I4 A U 14

(t.l.4/H)mm 36 FSS 1I10~ V-----------~--------~~--------~~--------~~)~--------~)------------~)----------~)L-------__ -vJ ~tFSQ

(1. 3. 4/1)1 111 elK ~ nST ROY 12 ~AENt -:- J1:lf fIT I. E ~llSOU

II J~. !I

fVPHSOH t5V 3 ~A 1 .1 2 2 2.1 "---------'-1; U 18

3) U 39 p--~-------'

-'4 Ito 1. 31 A )-'m.&L..-+-if--_--'_.Lj20 P A 8 ~..1l. 0 P A 8

(1. 3. 4/C)w1< erf

f1

It A574 ...-'-'->t

U8

er ffL-Jil t5V

u.

UU 32

3 C

2 B ALSI38

I 1 U 19

4m --.J. rn

6 G t ~. 1~ U3 ,II 12 2 L.L ~, U 39 ».1 ..... 3'---1---+_lLl 140&

8 16~~------------------~ 1. 31 5 l1Tm

JIJrf t.3/U~~-+----------------------------~

(1. l. 4/8))-I·1.!.l·1I.&.-------____________ ~

mI : ~~ t 5 , ·n ) I 0

..J; : !II ) I I

~j5 :": J:'

, I 15 , 13 • 9

.9 , II 12 II i ) 14 1 : :: : ~ & Jj II )7 5 .. )5 .. II )]

J II ) I 2 II )2 J " )4 o ;m ) 6

IT IT IT

I I IT IT 12 3

IT "3 ?

IT 114 1

IT III ~ l l

J3 '!!!I ) 20 , mI ) I B i , · , I,,,

17 " 16 HI t 5 ' .. III

14 • II,

13 t 2

• II! H : : ~ I It' 9 : .. J 9 a I&! ) 8 I 'If n

+5Y ~ 1 ;: : ~ tAl I I ) 4 ] '" )< 1 2 I •• ) 2 3.JK

I III )<1 :mm )< 19

~~"~"~.-.------------------------------------------------------------~

~~n~----------------------------------------------------------------~

~~mu~---------------------------------------------------------------------------------J ~-gnv-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------L-----_. __ ~nmL--+

-

Figure 12-3. Logic A PCA-IDTACK, 1/0. Logic • Inte".ce Iche •• tlc Dr • ., ••

Page 195: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integral Personal Computer

~rm~ _________________________________________________________________________________________ -------------------------~

0·2.4/Cjr .. wll--------~------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~ ~ J2 , I

) !~ jj

1..", .!u!' 1

mY' I 1m

:~11 I IJTI 9

I I IT1J 8

r---- rr 'mr I

'"" I 7

I, .... 6

~rrr~---------t----~--------------------t-----------------------------------------------~ 4/ 0 0 }!rr!...-________ ____lf__-----ll

t.2/6}! .. WII~.--------____lf__------------lr 1 Irr rr 13 21 U )-1" 11!Ll",'---_____ -+-___________ --l1 ~HSOU

\ ( I , \ .)0.1<' B ____ ---,-~2A I IA

1 III r-"l.!..lr---------+---------r--------l---l r--__ ..J..1f.Ljl U \ 5 f-L1.>o.-2 _______ .L;101I..j ° OA ~ 91 U 40 o-ocl<--..:.:..rr ___ t.2/S~,mm~----__ --f--------------~----------+-~--------+---~

+,: ~ 05 or 05~ 07 Q7 ~A J I , tt rr -. 1.2/lrrr~----------~-----_

I 2.1 U. 0 ) 3 n 32 r-------r----~------~--~ m U3&

T :::n:

06 lS373 04 03 U6 02 01

06 o. 113 112 Ql

1

H-----.......J.'-'.J.I!.!.II .. --_<\ 0 If-----r • .ull.!.!. •• ' ---< I I f*-------.-~ "'''--<1 2 ~ __ -L...!.,!!.!ul:""-"_<1 3 If

08 G QB

II 1 I 0 rlT-------1f--~l J ~-----':U.II!.!.!"-_<14

1 ,

0.2 .• /H)~,nnrr~---~-------------i-----------.--1-----4~--t-----~~---4------______________ -4 ___________________ ~:JnnrrmTI~9 1 I ,

Q.2.4/8;r"~,"~------t_-------------i------------------------~----+---------~----+-----------------------------~ 1 , 1

II AlSOU

~. I &J ~ UI2 5.Jm~' ItA

1. m lIJUI3

U38 A 32

4 U38

tlZ rnn~-----------l~------------~-----------

tiM p,mll-_______ ~--------~~

llX ~"~------------lf-------------r

81 aIR AI 82aS245AA2 8. A4 88 AS 87 U5 A 7 86 AS 85 A5

i- 83 S· AJ I 9

1

I*-----',-!'~ .. '~-< I ff---~!!!11I~-<2 I*--_......LJ., w":~_<3 ...-____ ---<-,.J.I!.!. IIln--<. ~--.....,._l~ .. ,'---<5 Hr----o-I,.u.L-

u,--< &

1l!-__ -L-I.u.L---< 7 P-----T-I' II~II',---< 8 r. U18

t.2/Arm~--------_t------------t-------~----~----------+-----~--------~---+--~----------------

1. 2/U m. nm

1.2.4/A II. rl-I--------r---------t----+-++-r+-----+-------,

r, 1/ P )..:i1lL..-____ J

4/ EE I-'-!M!L..-__ ..... & ...... ,

11' }-"m::.-____ -'O .......

l~j~8 ________ ~ ____ _4---~JC IT

('IJ...J..L _________ f__---____l---'~D Al S I J 8 IT

..... .JUl.' 6 _____ -+-____ f---~1 U 11 fS" I A IT

n I 32 ~ nI

1.2/f~'w .. '~--------~--~~ .J 9 21 U 3 1 ~ rn rr11~ m 1

~it5 m 0 2/8 B t-=-nln=-__ '-21 ~...1."

~l'~ Ull '------.....1

.J8 3 C IT7", 7

.J 7 2 B H S I 3 8 ITIL9----.!m~--1.6..-'j

.J 6 I U I 0 rr ..... lJL-! o Jm:!!.!.... __ ..... 51/)-A IT.l I m t

~o. Am rrt2~ 1

.-5.. ;o".,.MI" IT 13 lT1J 2-1>:D rrl4 mr l

6 61 rrilS m Q

tlS~V A r-------~!~I------~ IT

t~V~------~iq--------, Lt. IT ---1..~ uso ~B lS164 USI

vt ' 88 LS164

L--~~t

Iu DB Ill: on ( 0 g 60 H L....-_-+ ___ ----.Jll 4 10 111 11

L...-_---J

ALSOU 38A

3 7;>0-4:1---+------ 4-____ ..l..I9 U • 1

QA ge or DO DF Dr os gH 15

~~ ~& j :: HI U12 A GOA 4~8A .fi m • U 4 0 p'.6r.....-.-+-_______ ..iL.Isl U 4 1

tSV

I--~---------~

.4 m I 3J;X>·"--2------+-__________ -+-___ ---.JJ.l...I1.. U41 I ,0 milO IRA, 1 nn (II U 17 p'...a. _____________ ~;t~

'nn 1~~A ~ :}-:m -~~

AlSO.A 38' .11

<;'R 8 ,>390

D ... an .. 12-.

Figure 12-4. Logic A PCA-Keyboard Interf •• Schematic D"gr.1II

Page 196: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers
Page 197: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integral Personal Computer

+5V

+ 1: R 24 i- J..s lcj .. L - - - - -~ +Ic R 3 J7

..... '----2"'-10 PR Q...,.6 ___ ~ ;>330: ~ I LtlN4l50 IN I 6 4 31~15-_~'-----.L---r----~.i:..----,), 1 L S 7 4A 1------;.--, 1-......... <:;])""( I ~C R 4

..---..l .. ,,-ot : I -=- 1 N 415 0 y- U62 : N

...IT 0 1-L------t----7-: ------Ju"<1 h . 15 I ..L.. \ +l5V ] 1 II I A 2 5

330 (1. 2. 3/ H )Wmmmn..------------------;----t-r-_--' :

14 0 6 l~ I ~ K' 9' 32 1.)0"---+--+-..... 1"'-12D +p~ OI-2B-------t---~--_t--__, 1 ')(_)-10,2-....1...-----'"-\ U 6 1 }.IoB!.-.-_--'t ... ,A 3 2 L S 7 4A

J.3 11 t

+5V

-Lc R 5 LtlN4150

*CRS ':tlN4150

L 0 0 P 1

OUT

~L U 6 1 ~--+---"---+"""""''i> U 6 2

;;- 0/-'<-9 ___ --,

+5V

-LCAl ~1J, LtlN4t50 IN

·~63~19~~----~,-----~~~ "

(1.2. 3/C)~'~I1~·-6~--~r_--~--------,__-~ 13

[21 5 A 32 P N

3/ E E ~ml!L..------f-----'---"'--\4J U 6 1 }.!!S'---+-----+-__ -t-__ .L-' ISo.;N C S

~ 13 Al

~ I

...1.1,..j\~ : &6 I 1 I L ____ .. ________ ~

'-l..J __ +-__ J..s......:.;4 A ° S I f-.t.11 ..... 9 ____ __

'~---------------------------~-------t_--~1~7N~R 3/ 0 0 }-oR II N R 0

I 7 11 07 ~~nL---------------------~ 6 1006

CERBERUS lR02-6001

5 9 05 SO lUI

• 8 04 m 1...:3"---_-'-17 0 3 1. 3/ J ~!.-------------------.,,, 5 V + 5 V ~S 02

+l ~. ",l-t ___ -=-j5 0 1

~ ~~~K ~~~K 1.)°'--_-'-14 00

1~~L-~ ______ ~--~--~1 NMI

~~---.. -~--~---2~INT -----.. U!!------------------------------t-----.1..i

4 C L K I (1. 2. 3 I A )J tI.

lr 't5VR20 6SK

3 0 U T 0 I S rL-.

U5B

l P 122

555 [A~: -l 5 CV THRESH.I.-·

c 6 3 T R I & fL-. TO.1UF - C64

U59 '~O.1uf ~ ~

fLM_O_T _____ ....... r. /B)~u!!.." ______________ _ 0. 2• 3

+ V

t5~~

~ ~ ~

~: ~

R 21 ~A

vV

*CR2 11N4150

+5V

-Lc A 7 LflN4150

*CRB

1 1N4t50

+12 V

LOOP °

OUT

+12V)1,2

GNP )4.6.8.10

Page 198: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integral Personal Computer

I

From Figure 12-10. NC ~ ORO

IBD7 ) I 4 7

IBDS ) 13 06

IBD5 > 12 05

IBD4 ~ 11 04

IBD3 > 10 03

IBD2 ) 9 02

IB 01 ' B 01

IBDD > 7 DO

IBA2 ) 6 11

1 BA 1 > 5 AO

RD> 'iIT 1 fif > 2 iT

C61 ± -

U18 FDC

I

U21 U23 DISC >-~12 1 12 3 TI lBA3 > '[~

~ r.]v

~ 02 Q2 10 B ------+ 01 rt 4 DO Ql U25 13 03 r--r-

3 U24 9

U217, ~ 2 9

go 4 In. 6 CLK 15

~ MR D3

I 2 1 I 19 RESET / RE S ET

Vee ./\1\/\ 22 TES T R9" Vl

2 II Hz) 24 CL K

iRS > 6 5 39 INTR Vee

Cta

. 1~3 U15 ~Rto

>

I U26 1 5Y I 1 10 U23 I 2OIc21J In. • 9

11

Diagrams 12-13

U15 5'-

9 8

STEP J 1 ~6 ~

B

1~8 STEP

iiTiiC

iD

is

SSO

TROD

INDX

DIRC

WD

W6

SSO

--'t'KOO

INDX

~RPl

ROY -RRD

578

HLT

HLD

TK 43

EHP

VCO

COEN

PUIIP

_PIf

RPIf

Vee

SHD

1 ~ 9 6

31L U19

1 ",2 10 -3D 1 19 4 12 -

ANC 1 15 2 t& U 21 U2D -

34 6- 1 II .IT U 2 0

20

35 1 Q t1 .D' 13 18 -36 U21 12

U2D 32 8 9 26 - .D' U 2 Q 27 81"0 9 11 5 24 -

rU- 5V U 21 6 4 3 7 6 5 :> c> '> <> > ~ > > > ~ R9

? ~ ';> 1 5V

40

NC J U15 28 \ 3 .- , 14

UJ9 1 0 12\ "-[J 4 B2 grL

en ~ U22 3

26 BI 5V

I rL aCI! A I A2 .r-17

~~.11 -23

C::2QCRI > C 14

S R II

5V UI9

I 1 .... 10 2 -:- "" 5Y

2J-1R44 7.9. 11. 13. 15. 17. 19,21.23.25 r Ut9 -:-

~~12 1 5Y

18 1 R4S 4 21 5V 5y Yee -'-

..L _

n Cli ~

U25 . ~ A9 22

~t 2 4 U 2 0

t ~ Figure 12·9 3 HPIB1C

U25 5Y .../V'v 1 1f13 tv112 _ R9 8 3

r 11 3 U25 U20

To Drive Mech

. ,

DRIVE SEL 1

liND

IITDrDN

DRIVE SEl

'----

Figure 12-6. Logic B PC A-Disc Controller Schematic Diagram

Page 199: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

, Integral Personal Computer

From Figure 12-1 a

UU

u-.l. DlTAi

II , DAIU III

u-L IAIlI

IIUT ten UI" ,,.

=;: cn c T71 '11 111

Icc

ROM ~=

I un JI DUll

u--1.. II DAIU , III Dnll

IC-L .IIT Dnu

'cc .1' tt H. T7D ~~ e2'

1lT , .ID RAM

.~

'i ~ III

112 U liCIT UII

Jill It lUst

IIDI II IUS

IID2 _U nu

From Figure 12-5 IC -.l.

~ U9. Pin 6 II

"-..1 liz J... If IS

U

U

I

U

n n III U 12 IU

u U IU

It U IDI I llt elD 21 n m

f- III

-'i II UI1

• ell '!I ~ 11' t-=u'----+ ___ ±'--_..:..&" 4-4"

ff n ~~ CII ,: , .. P I ... C~IIL..-"--J"\,/I"""'. ,, __ -.!.5 .... 40 ...

iii ' hc -L~

t~ Printer

Controller

HID n u I'E II .IlU 17

To Figure 12-8 DIlIt II Illtl II IIU U IIU U un lin 2Z lIT. n IITI H II" U II" II 1112 27 IITI

~~ __ . ________ ~~ 'I' , -l.-

'>--ll----------...I' ,e .. I , -l.-

,~I----------...I' I U : ~ ITTI , ~

, , >-t- IC

--- IIITCH "IEL 'ISEIILT

.. ,,-------~~--.., ell * CII # C2I '* CII k cn

, 2'\, , 1~ r-

Jln JI ..

..11 un • IIU

-b •. ~. 1'1 Icc ':' un' t4 f,....l..

liD 1,7

~---------:l.:.....f I C r!-----+---+------' 2 • III 1

JIDI ~ IISI e II U I , IU • lID.

IID7

lUI

IU2

IIU

1iir

1 IU'

• UI7

• III Inl , III , III

n n

au 1 r-----::''-t • e ...... iJL..-____ ~

C J-l2~ ____ _

r ,.1.!..

C \. , I \. ,

" , 1 ~

IU 5 11 11 Till IIDI

~ II 31 In

I III IIDl

RXOO n u llDl

RXOl t1 U llDl , .>. > '11 :~II' ,>121

'U 2

s l' I

iT -.t7 n ,]c IS I C ~J) II ff-----.. ...... n J I C • 1L

mrr g'l, !I nnr lCi

Trr~~nr lC2 C'J1 , • rrrr • ID

117 ~ 'U II

~IC It .AAA.

iii fcc

t .... , 2 ,

, , -"

'U ... I&..----------~ ,,, .... ul.:..--______ j.a..:11y I C .... .1 .. ". __

III ,,. liD liD .1ll '-t J II II ~ U •• 1. U. U I J It

L.-__ +-_+-_+-_________ ~ t fcc ~r.

fcc 'J1 ~~ '" '-- ~

J UII 2 I C

tin • • " II ctl, czl

ICC Ire -~

r--

... ,

... ,

... ,

> , , •

... , '--

.. 'SlnCl

cUlun IITII

'II IT £I IUlun. 'IIUIl'

&

~"" ...... "" ..

""" ".a.

" .. "

,IPEI IITII

Diagrams 12-15

Figure 12·7. Logic B PCA-Printer Controller c ..................... nl ........ _

Page 200: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integral Personal Computer

I ......... un

t < l+t-From Figure 12·7 DIU _____________________ .....I~

1 <_ l+t-DlU-----------------------''''''t"-;

DITI -----------------------------------------~--;

DITt ----------------------------------------~T_~ • k: ~ , ~~ l+t Dl1I

• K K l+t Dll. ----------------------------------------~r_~

Din

DITI

DlTI

lIT II

DIT II

I'!, -!- ..-~

7 I

I t

_2

1 ,

V ~ I I

......... un

< l+J.

< ~ K ~

I ~~ K_ '* DIT 12 ---------------------------------....:...t--i

I

Ie 7 K ~ V-~

IPE -----------------------------------------~~

liD --------------------------------,

From Figure 12·10 mn- ---------, I c

11 I ~ C29 • CLI ell ICc

mIT-----,

I 12 liD • _1 etc

12 7 II II ~ liD! ---=-4

JIDI It n un au 11 sa tt II COP

452

J ID I _-.&..1"-1 It Ie n- Il

ell

I ! 1Hz -------------------.....1

fcc

lSi IIPUIUJ

,/

II

11

H

11

u

11

11

II

11

tt

11 Ie

en

Diagrams 12·17

.ll... , " " .. '"" '" " · ....

4 " ~ '""" " .. .11'

I 1 .. '""" ... '" .. " .. 2 " ~ ........ ... ... · .... J

,/ ,/ ... ... '" :1 .. " .. Sf 1 " 'I ......

'" ... ,I ...... 11 ,/ ,/ ....... ... ... ,I · ..

,/

"'""" ... il .. ~

"'""" " " II ..... I ,/ ,/ II ...... ... .. II . ... I ,/ ,/

"'""" " ... II .. 7 ~ ~ II ......

" " II ....

~-~-<--------------------------------------------------------------~ ,/ ...... ... fLElClllE ~ PUITREAD

Icc -~·--vvvu~

IU " ... ......

+In

121

U1 121

ell

tin

LI

tin

RU

IU en

en IU

Figure 12·8. Logic B PCA-Printhead Supply and Drive, and Speaker Controller Schematic Diagram

Page 201: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

I ntegral Personal Computer

Vee

From FI gure 12-10 ~R37

6 5 ;>

Tii3 U33

4 MHz ~ 18 9 n

PHI INl

IBD7 f 7 DO 0101 38

IBD6 1& OS 0102 37

JB05 t5 02 0103 3&

IBD4 1 4 03 0104 35

IB03 13 04 OJ05 34

IB02 12 05 DJO& 33

IBOI t t 06 0107 32

IBOO f 0 07 oJOB 31

IBll & RSO TE 21

9914A 30 7 CONT 1BA2 RSI U(l ....

I"'"

IB13 B RS2 ATN 28

EOJ 27

AD 4 A. & 9 8 3 ~ SRg 29 IT -roL-r ~ CE

5 ;;;:S MRFO 25 U2&-C 4 MOIC 24

'" IE 1 5 DAY 2&

HPIB 3

~ OBIN 1FC 23

2 REN 22 -"ceSR

RESET

RESET 119

Vee

1 1 1 I +5Y

T mI mI cuI C4\

HP-IB Circuit On Logic B PCA

19 2 I r-

18 3 3

17 4 5

16 5 7 U42

15 I 6 2 I

14 I 7 4

13 i B 6 I

12 i 9 B ; PE TE

1 1 1 1

-=--112 2

1 4 I DC TE 9 2 t

15 j

8 9

f 3 10 1 9

1 7 J 6 13

I U43 II 5 15

I !6 I 7 11

! 1 9

! 4 17

, 20 I 3 10

! sc 1 ...ll

-U se HPIBSC -1! ---0 .... J

II To Figure 12-6 -1! reO U25. Pm 2

J! --~

~ -:.:--

23

WNC~ NC--2! ~

&19

-

--

'--

Diagrams 12·19

HP-IB Ribbon Cable Assembly

-1 0101

2 0102

3 0103

4 0104

13 0105

14 0106

15 0107

16 0108

11 ATN

5 EOI

10 SRQ

7 NRFD

8 NOAC

6 OAV

9 IFe

17 REN

18 GNO

19

20

21

22

23

24

12 SHIELD

-HP-IB Back-Panel Connector

Figure 12-9. Logic B PCA-HP-IB Interface Schematic Diagram

Page 202: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Integral Personal Computer

Logic A to

Logic B Bus

liT

liT

iff

if

iT

iTif

iTi1 ,liT

mi

Tmi

P .... TIT

IU

TiT

Ull

JUI

un 1112

JUI

un

JII.

JU.

JIDI

un

un

JIDI

UII

J

>

I....-

>

5

"~ U liT

'te A A

iii t. ! t 2 [ t 1 SllIDIY lit 1 Dis tff 14 2 iT n ,

if n • m le-It

Itl

I

7

~

• 1 ,

II t---t---t-----1-\JU n J]t..a--_--.

2 U n JC~"""'--.,-_----t' H It

~1~1----_---+--r-~~------------~7----------~-------~1 11

~t~I--------;--+~~+_~------------------_+--------~7 II

~l~J------__ +-~-+~~+_~----------------~--------~1 It

~.l~I--------;_-r~~~~~--~------------_+--------~1 II

t

&

I

• 7

II

21 &,7.11

• >"> ~ :~ :~ 131

''------------' f' II n n

U II

UU

II ••

.II n

.17 II

.1' II

.11 DI

ucc IIltnt

RTC

GND

P .. EI t-:!:....:1~...::5-\ Dill UU ~'-~- PIIU To Figure 12·5

JI. Pin 9 • .seegt ~t~I~----~-+-I~~v·~t~---~----~

T. ¢ len Tt I -:

" III -: "~

tiC II I-'t:..;:,~----...... -------.-~

Diagrams 12-21

ate (UIU IT UUI

tPI (3.11 TEST Pilitl

CI' -.: RCI ft I-'z:....;.~--~----""?"""-tllll~.-~-----__ M~· ---- tt If

eu~ en ~~" + _ "> ell . :~In

'I [ill til - JU .

-=-.'1 I rL< m ':"

+n 7 £I' l1L £11

r-~

.......!.~

he

I

m:im

tn -r

.1 < II liz From Figure 12·5

1 & 5 ! U9, Pin 3

I I e D ell

IIU lUI ~ IlUISI

.. U

C 1Hz To Figure 12·9 U41, Pin 18

11 l' tn

CLR PI

• • 5 i--Z------------------------------- I II z To Figures 12·6. 12·7. 12.8 1111

T J (UUI

II

• ~S +15V 1-1.

ru~8 IC- ~-1 7

I

ttn I

1111 ~--l en::: cu:~ en:';: eu:~

~-1 Ire I tn ,u+ ~

--" ,

From Power Supply

PIlEI Dill

lliU liD -12V

un

tin > un

liD

tI'

"---

Figure 12-10. Logic B PCA-RTC, System, and,

Power Connect Schematic Diagram

Page 203: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

C* D* E* Integral Personal Computer

F Diagrams 12-23

2V Idiv-ZOOms/div 1 V/div-20ms/div

! !

1V/dlv-200ms/div

20V/di,,-Sus/div G

I-- ~} .-J 20 V/div-Sus/div Oy lov

k--

! '--___ -'-___ ----'I OY

ov ovl-__ --' ov ov~---~ ov B* A*

----.----- -.-.-2V /diY-20ms/div SV Idiy-ZOOms/diy 1- ---.----~.­. IU II

. . . . . . . . In '.n

H5V UI I II • • ••

n I. . • 2111.. • •

OYj,--___ --'-__ ._----' • '--___ .... t ____ ... I.. III r"" st. t us C i "u it·................ ; + 5 Y.. - ~ -..... ~ ....... 7' =" 00: 11 • lUI14 • I .- - : : .) ,. ...... _.- - .. - - au ,_. ···.11 .. .

• UI· ••••• •• I II • • • • • • Ret urn I I. •••. .."Start Cir.cuit • • • )t . --.-. ~ -.- _.--,._. ~.-. ..:... - -- - - - - --

-•. -- .. I. : • _ .. ,- 1.2- - -.~-- T 1- - --:-- ..... ':-'- - - --

OY

H

20V IdIY-Sus/diy

Oy

I I

• 2IUII __ ._ f " lIli CIU ··CUI .' LJ -12V }-------~--~~~~~--__ ~---------------------~------------------~----r_---~----L---------------~~ .. ,L_~--~~ __ ~I~'I' I~·' • ~~I~.~"----r-------~~~~~--~r_-~~ .... "----------

t f n e" ·5 e 1 e c t ;;-t.' ,.-'

_.' . Switch

II U 11 Itt

SIll

~ L. .. .. I ~. :iu L r:

•• I •.. I"

l...!!ig!!.!~~_R~~C~~u:!... __ ,_~~I --.--~.-..-. '.~ . -'

NOTES: 1) Primary common point is designated by: ~ and

is NOT connected to the the chassis or to the secondary side wPower Return".

2) Last reference designators used: C27. CR3S. LS. 010. RS8. S2. T1. U10. VR32.

3) Refererice designators not used: CR3-7. CR9-12. CR 14. CR23. CR24. CR30-32. L 1. U 1 • U9. VR1, VR2. VRS-8, VR13. VR1S-29, 08.

4) Those waveforms identified with an asterisk (e) are power-up waveforms. All other wave­forms are continuous.

WARNING: The primary circuit (identified by the grey screen) is live at all times when the power cable is con­nected. even when the power switch is off.

N*

O.5V/diy-ZOOms/diY

l I

ov

M

O.SV IdIY-Sus/div

ov I I , I

HUI,

"clllat" • AI ... ~; •

I 0,:.-,;. I. I -. I . t_w... • LL·H. __ _

s

!AUXiliar y Valtage

I .-~-.--

I I 1---+4-f-~~'''! II j

IU 121 >Inl ..j... 121 II >u_:_

.{ .' .~;? P,'l's e. If i dt h

.:5:}odulator ~~~:: ~.: .. ~.~"':;..:-.':"~

, .~- ,~·.-~~~~~J~:;~:;~··-::~~."::-:~·:.,.:~";·i;_:J

• UII . IU In

'U: ell I~l: l'h' , . . . .. . '.'~!~ •

CIIT'

un . . . ...... -.....:......

.~·~f~~:!' ~ :~; .. . ' ZV Idlv-Suu/dlv

I--+-f+++--+--+-+i~ ,--:=JOY

L

UI I .. I.n I.U n U·

".

" '"

en I .. "

. . ~-, . -. .. • I . ' . . ...... . . ,..... .. .' . ..

.'."~ . . • d ..

us

... .

. . e .

e e

--. ---.,... -.---.-1 OV Idly-Sus/dlY

_I

-, I

CUI

AU 11. IllI

AU U I/lI

CHt

. . . .

114 411 IllI

UI 47 I/lI

. . e .

1 OV Idiv-Sus/div'

. .

I., I. I

C H r--"""TMt--+ 1.1If

III .,1

. .. 21

UI I.U

AU HI

llllHM

Cl5 IIlIf

20V /dlv-Sus/diy

Po" e r I ~ Regulator Circuit Ret u r "I and

II Crowbar Circuit

I __ t5V~1

... 01

-l ./C~ 1 I

I I I I I ___ --1

Figure 12-11. Power Supply Schematic Diagram

Page 204: Integral Personal Computer Service Manual - Bitsavers

Reorder No. or Manual Part No. 00095-90 12fi..E018fi

~HEWLETT ..-r... PACKARD